Sema.h revision 76da55d3a49e1805f51b1ced7c5da5bcd7f759d8
1//===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and 11// builds ASTs. 12// 13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 14 15#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H 16#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H 17 18#include "clang/AST/Attr.h" 19#include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" 20#include "clang/AST/Expr.h" 21#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" 22#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h" 23#include "clang/AST/LambdaMangleContext.h" 24#include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h" 25#include "clang/AST/PrettyPrinter.h" 26#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" 27#include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h" 28#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h" 29#include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h" 30#include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h" 31#include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h" 32#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" 33#include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h" 34#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 35#include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h" 36#include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h" 37#include "clang/Sema/LocInfoType.h" 38#include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h" 39#include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h" 40#include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h" 41#include "clang/Sema/Weak.h" 42#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" 43#include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h" 44#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h" 45#include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h" 46#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h" 47#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h" 48#include <deque> 49#include <string> 50 51namespace llvm { 52 class APSInt; 53 template <typename ValueT> struct DenseMapInfo; 54 template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet; 55 class SmallBitVector; 56} 57 58namespace clang { 59 class ADLResult; 60 class ASTConsumer; 61 class ASTContext; 62 class ASTMutationListener; 63 class ASTReader; 64 class ASTWriter; 65 class ArrayType; 66 class AttributeList; 67 class BlockDecl; 68 class CXXBasePath; 69 class CXXBasePaths; 70 class CXXBindTemporaryExpr; 71 typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath; 72 class CXXConstructorDecl; 73 class CXXConversionDecl; 74 class CXXDestructorDecl; 75 class CXXFieldCollector; 76 class CXXMemberCallExpr; 77 class CXXMethodDecl; 78 class CXXScopeSpec; 79 class CXXTemporary; 80 class CXXTryStmt; 81 class CallExpr; 82 class ClassTemplateDecl; 83 class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl; 84 class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl; 85 class CodeCompleteConsumer; 86 class CodeCompletionAllocator; 87 class CodeCompletionTUInfo; 88 class CodeCompletionResult; 89 class Decl; 90 class DeclAccessPair; 91 class DeclContext; 92 class DeclRefExpr; 93 class DeclaratorDecl; 94 class DeducedTemplateArgument; 95 class DependentDiagnostic; 96 class DesignatedInitExpr; 97 class Designation; 98 class EnumConstantDecl; 99 class Expr; 100 class ExtVectorType; 101 class ExternalSemaSource; 102 class FormatAttr; 103 class FriendDecl; 104 class FunctionDecl; 105 class FunctionProtoType; 106 class FunctionTemplateDecl; 107 class ImplicitConversionSequence; 108 class InitListExpr; 109 class InitializationKind; 110 class InitializationSequence; 111 class InitializedEntity; 112 class IntegerLiteral; 113 class LabelStmt; 114 class LambdaExpr; 115 class LangOptions; 116 class LocalInstantiationScope; 117 class LookupResult; 118 class MacroInfo; 119 class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList; 120 class NamedDecl; 121 class NonNullAttr; 122 class ObjCCategoryDecl; 123 class ObjCCategoryImplDecl; 124 class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl; 125 class ObjCContainerDecl; 126 class ObjCImplDecl; 127 class ObjCImplementationDecl; 128 class ObjCInterfaceDecl; 129 class ObjCIvarDecl; 130 template <class T> class ObjCList; 131 class ObjCMessageExpr; 132 class ObjCMethodDecl; 133 class ObjCPropertyDecl; 134 class ObjCProtocolDecl; 135 class OMPThreadPrivateDecl; 136 class OverloadCandidateSet; 137 class OverloadExpr; 138 class ParenListExpr; 139 class ParmVarDecl; 140 class Preprocessor; 141 class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage; 142 class PseudoObjectExpr; 143 class QualType; 144 class StandardConversionSequence; 145 class Stmt; 146 class StringLiteral; 147 class SwitchStmt; 148 class TargetAttributesSema; 149 class TemplateArgument; 150 class TemplateArgumentList; 151 class TemplateArgumentLoc; 152 class TemplateDecl; 153 class TemplateParameterList; 154 class TemplatePartialOrderingContext; 155 class TemplateTemplateParmDecl; 156 class Token; 157 class TypeAliasDecl; 158 class TypedefDecl; 159 class TypedefNameDecl; 160 class TypeLoc; 161 class UnqualifiedId; 162 class UnresolvedLookupExpr; 163 class UnresolvedMemberExpr; 164 class UnresolvedSetImpl; 165 class UnresolvedSetIterator; 166 class UsingDecl; 167 class UsingShadowDecl; 168 class ValueDecl; 169 class VarDecl; 170 class VisibilityAttr; 171 class VisibleDeclConsumer; 172 class IndirectFieldDecl; 173 174namespace sema { 175 class AccessedEntity; 176 class BlockScopeInfo; 177 class CapturingScopeInfo; 178 class CompoundScopeInfo; 179 class DelayedDiagnostic; 180 class DelayedDiagnosticPool; 181 class FunctionScopeInfo; 182 class LambdaScopeInfo; 183 class PossiblyUnreachableDiag; 184 class TemplateDeductionInfo; 185} 186 187// FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to 188// TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion. 189typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>, 190 SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack; 191 192/// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C. 193class Sema { 194 Sema(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 195 void operator=(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 196 mutable const TargetAttributesSema* TheTargetAttributesSema; 197 198 ///\brief Source of additional semantic information. 199 ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource; 200 201 ///\brief Whether Sema has generated a multiplexer and has to delete it. 202 bool isMultiplexExternalSource; 203 204 static bool mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *FD); 205 206 static bool 207 shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(const NamedDecl *Old, const NamedDecl *New) { 208 // We are about to link these. It is now safe to compute the linkage of 209 // the new decl. If the new decl has external linkage, we will 210 // link it with the hidden decl (which also has external linkage) and 211 // it will keep having external linkage. If it has internal linkage, we 212 // will not link it. Since it has no previous decls, it will remain 213 // with internal linkage. 214 return !Old->isHidden() || New->hasExternalLinkage(); 215 } 216 217public: 218 typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy; 219 typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy; 220 typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy; 221 222 OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures; 223 FPOptions FPFeatures; 224 225 const LangOptions &LangOpts; 226 Preprocessor &PP; 227 ASTContext &Context; 228 ASTConsumer &Consumer; 229 DiagnosticsEngine &Diags; 230 SourceManager &SourceMgr; 231 232 /// \brief Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics. 233 bool CollectStats; 234 235 /// \brief Code-completion consumer. 236 CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter; 237 238 /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing. 239 DeclContext *CurContext; 240 241 /// \brief Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts, 242 /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext. 243 DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext; 244 245 /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag. 246 /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results. 247 DeclarationName VAListTagName; 248 249 /// PackContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma pack. An alignment 250 /// of 0 indicates default alignment. 251 void *PackContext; // Really a "PragmaPackStack*" 252 253 bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when \#pragma ms_struct on 254 255 /// VisContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma GCC visibility. 256 void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*" 257 258 /// \brief Flag indicating if Sema is building a recovery call expression. 259 /// 260 /// This flag is used to avoid building recovery call expressions 261 /// if Sema is already doing so, which would cause infinite recursions. 262 bool IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr; 263 264 /// ExprNeedsCleanups - True if the current evaluation context 265 /// requires cleanups to be run at its conclusion. 266 bool ExprNeedsCleanups; 267 268 /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring 269 /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression. The 270 /// element type here is ExprWithCleanups::Object. 271 SmallVector<BlockDecl*, 8> ExprCleanupObjects; 272 273 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> MaybeODRUseExprs; 274 275 /// \brief Stack containing information about each of the nested 276 /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active. 277 /// 278 /// This array is never empty. Clients should ignore the first 279 /// element, which is used to cache a single FunctionScopeInfo 280 /// that's used to parse every top-level function. 281 SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes; 282 283 typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 284 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2> 285 ExtVectorDeclsType; 286 287 /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows 288 /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names. 289 /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics. 290 ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls; 291 292 /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes. 293 OwningPtr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector; 294 295 typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<const NamedDecl*, 16> NamedDeclSetType; 296 297 /// \brief Set containing all declared private fields that are not used. 298 NamedDeclSetType UnusedPrivateFields; 299 300 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy; 301 302 /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have 303 /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the 304 /// same list more than once. 305 OwningPtr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet; 306 307 /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which 308 /// we are currently parsing the initializer. 309 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars; 310 311 /// \brief A mapping from external names to the most recent 312 /// locally-scoped extern "C" declaration with that name. 313 /// 314 /// This map contains external declarations introduced in local 315 /// scopes, e.g., 316 /// 317 /// \code 318 /// extern "C" void f() { 319 /// void foo(int, int); 320 /// } 321 /// \endcode 322 /// 323 /// Here, the name "foo" will be associated with the declaration of 324 /// "foo" within f. This name is not visible outside of 325 /// "f". However, we still find it in two cases: 326 /// 327 /// - If we are declaring another global or extern "C" entity with 328 /// the name "foo", we can find "foo" as a previous declaration, 329 /// so that the types of this external declaration can be checked 330 /// for compatibility. 331 /// 332 /// - If we would implicitly declare "foo" (e.g., due to a call to 333 /// "foo" in C when no prototype or definition is visible), then 334 /// we find this declaration of "foo" and complain that it is 335 /// not visible. 336 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *> LocallyScopedExternCDecls; 337 338 /// \brief Look for a locally scoped extern "C" declaration by the given name. 339 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator 340 findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name); 341 342 typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 343 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2> 344 TentativeDefinitionsType; 345 346 /// \brief All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU. 347 TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions; 348 349 typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 350 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2> 351 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType; 352 353 /// \brief The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used 354 /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration. 355 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls; 356 357 typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 358 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2> 359 DelegatingCtorDeclsType; 360 361 /// \brief All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for 362 /// cycle detection at the end of the TU. 363 DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls; 364 365 /// \brief All the destructors seen during a class definition that had their 366 /// exception spec computation delayed because it depended on an unparsed 367 /// exception spec. 368 SmallVector<CXXDestructorDecl*, 2> DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecs; 369 370 /// \brief All the overriding destructors seen during a class definition 371 /// (there could be multiple due to nested classes) that had their exception 372 /// spec checks delayed, plus the overridden destructor. 373 SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXDestructorDecl*, 374 const CXXDestructorDecl*>, 2> 375 DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks; 376 377 /// \brief All the members seen during a class definition which were both 378 /// explicitly defaulted and had explicitly-specified exception 379 /// specifications, along with the function type containing their 380 /// user-specified exception specification. Those exception specifications 381 /// were overridden with the default specifications, but we still need to 382 /// check whether they are compatible with the default specification, and 383 /// we can't do that until the nesting set of class definitions is complete. 384 SmallVector<std::pair<CXXMethodDecl*, const FunctionProtoType*>, 2> 385 DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs; 386 387 /// \brief Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed. 388 typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, const FunctionDecl *FD); 389 LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser; 390 void *OpaqueParser; 391 392 void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP, void *P) { 393 LateTemplateParser = LTP; 394 OpaqueParser = P; 395 } 396 397 class DelayedDiagnostics; 398 399 class DelayedDiagnosticsState { 400 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *SavedPool; 401 friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics; 402 }; 403 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ParsingDeclState; 404 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ProcessingContextState; 405 406 /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics 407 /// during parsing and other processing. 408 class DelayedDiagnostics { 409 /// \brief The current pool of diagnostics into which delayed 410 /// diagnostics should go. 411 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *CurPool; 412 413 public: 414 DelayedDiagnostics() : CurPool(0) {} 415 416 /// Adds a delayed diagnostic. 417 void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); // in DelayedDiagnostic.h 418 419 /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed. 420 bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return CurPool != 0; } 421 422 /// Returns the current delayed-diagnostics pool. 423 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *getCurrentPool() const { 424 return CurPool; 425 } 426 427 /// Enter a new scope. Access and deprecation diagnostics will be 428 /// collected in this pool. 429 DelayedDiagnosticsState push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { 430 DelayedDiagnosticsState state; 431 state.SavedPool = CurPool; 432 CurPool = &pool; 433 return state; 434 } 435 436 /// Leave a delayed-diagnostic state that was previously pushed. 437 /// Do not emit any of the diagnostics. This is performed as part 438 /// of the bookkeeping of popping a pool "properly". 439 void popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { 440 CurPool = state.SavedPool; 441 } 442 443 /// Enter a new scope where access and deprecation diagnostics are 444 /// not delayed. 445 DelayedDiagnosticsState pushUndelayed() { 446 DelayedDiagnosticsState state; 447 state.SavedPool = CurPool; 448 CurPool = 0; 449 return state; 450 } 451 452 /// Undo a previous pushUndelayed(). 453 void popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { 454 assert(CurPool == NULL); 455 CurPool = state.SavedPool; 456 } 457 } DelayedDiagnostics; 458 459 /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context. 460 class ContextRAII { 461 private: 462 Sema &S; 463 DeclContext *SavedContext; 464 ProcessingContextState SavedContextState; 465 QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; 466 467 public: 468 ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush) 469 : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext), 470 SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed()), 471 SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride) 472 { 473 assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context"); 474 S.CurContext = ContextToPush; 475 } 476 477 void pop() { 478 if (!SavedContext) return; 479 S.CurContext = SavedContext; 480 S.DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(SavedContextState); 481 S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; 482 SavedContext = 0; 483 } 484 485 ~ContextRAII() { 486 pop(); 487 } 488 }; 489 490 /// \brief RAII object to handle the state changes required to synthesize 491 /// a function body. 492 class SynthesizedFunctionScope { 493 Sema &S; 494 Sema::ContextRAII SavedContext; 495 496 public: 497 SynthesizedFunctionScope(Sema &S, DeclContext *DC) 498 : S(S), SavedContext(S, DC) 499 { 500 S.PushFunctionScope(); 501 S.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema::PotentiallyEvaluated); 502 } 503 504 ~SynthesizedFunctionScope() { 505 S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 506 S.PopFunctionScopeInfo(); 507 } 508 }; 509 510 /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in 511 /// \#pragma weak before declared. rare. may alias another 512 /// identifier, declared or undeclared 513 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers; 514 515 /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in 516 /// \#pragma redefine_extname before declared. Used in Solaris system headers 517 /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version 518 /// in the currently selected standard. 519 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers; 520 521 522 /// \brief Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source. 523 void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers(); 524 525 /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by 526 /// \#pragma weak during processing of other Decls. 527 /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so 528 /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack. 529 /// It would be best to refactor this. 530 SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl; 531 532 IdentifierResolver IdResolver; 533 534 /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need 535 /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace. 536 /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc. 537 Scope *TUScope; 538 539 /// \brief The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides. 540 LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace; 541 542 /// \brief The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++ 543 /// standard library. 544 LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc; 545 546 /// \brief The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in 547 /// \<initializer_list>. 548 ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList; 549 550 /// \brief The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in \<typeinfo>. 551 RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl; 552 553 /// \brief The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files. 554 RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl; 555 556 /// \brief Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs. 557 OwningPtr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj; 558 559 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class. 560 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl; 561 562 /// \brief Pointer to NSNumber type (NSNumber *). 563 QualType NSNumberPointer; 564 565 /// \brief The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals. 566 ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods]; 567 568 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSString class. 569 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringDecl; 570 571 /// \brief Pointer to NSString type (NSString *). 572 QualType NSStringPointer; 573 574 /// \brief The declaration of the stringWithUTF8String: method. 575 ObjCMethodDecl *StringWithUTF8StringMethod; 576 577 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class. 578 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl; 579 580 /// \brief The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method. 581 ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod; 582 583 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class. 584 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl; 585 586 /// \brief The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method. 587 ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod; 588 589 /// \brief id<NSCopying> type. 590 QualType QIDNSCopying; 591 592 /// \brief will hold 'respondsToSelector:' 593 Selector RespondsToSelectorSel; 594 595 /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete 596 /// have been declared. 597 bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared; 598 599 /// \brief Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are 600 /// evaluated at run-time, if at all. 601 enum ExpressionEvaluationContext { 602 /// \brief The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an 603 /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of 604 /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but 605 /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at 606 /// run time. 607 Unevaluated, 608 609 /// \brief The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms, 610 /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of 611 /// cases in a switch statment). 612 ConstantEvaluated, 613 614 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time, 615 /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the 616 /// expression at run time. 617 PotentiallyEvaluated, 618 619 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any 620 /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if 621 /// in fact the current expression is used. 622 /// 623 /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which 624 /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments 625 /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced" 626 /// until the default argument is used. 627 PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed 628 }; 629 630 /// \brief Data structure used to record current or nested 631 /// expression evaluation contexts. 632 struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord { 633 /// \brief The expression evaluation context. 634 ExpressionEvaluationContext Context; 635 636 /// \brief Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup. 637 bool ParentNeedsCleanups; 638 639 /// \brief Whether we are in a decltype expression. 640 bool IsDecltype; 641 642 /// \brief The number of active cleanup objects when we entered 643 /// this expression evaluation context. 644 unsigned NumCleanupObjects; 645 646 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> SavedMaybeODRUseExprs; 647 648 /// \brief The lambdas that are present within this context, if it 649 /// is indeed an unevaluated context. 650 SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas; 651 652 /// \brief The declaration that provides context for the lambda expression 653 /// if the normal declaration context does not suffice, e.g., in a 654 /// default function argument. 655 Decl *LambdaContextDecl; 656 657 /// \brief The context information used to mangle lambda expressions 658 /// within this context. 659 /// 660 /// This mangling information is allocated lazily, since most contexts 661 /// do not have lambda expressions. 662 IntrusiveRefCntPtr<LambdaMangleContext> LambdaMangle; 663 664 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions 665 /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type. 666 SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls; 667 668 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding 669 /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor. 670 SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds; 671 672 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context, 673 unsigned NumCleanupObjects, 674 bool ParentNeedsCleanups, 675 Decl *LambdaContextDecl, 676 bool IsDecltype) 677 : Context(Context), ParentNeedsCleanups(ParentNeedsCleanups), 678 IsDecltype(IsDecltype), NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects), 679 LambdaContextDecl(LambdaContextDecl), LambdaMangle() { } 680 681 /// \brief Retrieve the mangling context for lambdas. 682 LambdaMangleContext &getLambdaMangleContext() { 683 assert(LambdaContextDecl && "Need to have a lambda context declaration"); 684 if (!LambdaMangle) 685 LambdaMangle = new LambdaMangleContext; 686 return *LambdaMangle; 687 } 688 }; 689 690 /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts. 691 SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts; 692 693 /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member 694 /// function. 695 /// 696 /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the 697 /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded. 698 class SpecialMemberOverloadResult : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode { 699 public: 700 enum Kind { 701 NoMemberOrDeleted, 702 Ambiguous, 703 Success 704 }; 705 706 private: 707 llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl*, 2> Pair; 708 709 public: 710 SpecialMemberOverloadResult(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) 711 : FastFoldingSetNode(ID) 712 {} 713 714 CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); } 715 void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); } 716 717 Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); } 718 void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); } 719 }; 720 721 /// \brief A cache of special member function overload resolution results 722 /// for C++ records. 723 llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResult> SpecialMemberCache; 724 725 /// \brief The kind of translation unit we are processing. 726 /// 727 /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform 728 /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating 729 /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has 730 /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of 731 /// checks. 732 TranslationUnitKind TUKind; 733 734 llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc; 735 736 /// \brief The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped. 737 unsigned NumSFINAEErrors; 738 739 typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 1> > 740 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap; 741 742 /// \brief A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the 743 /// set of instantiations of each parameter. 744 /// 745 /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing 746 /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates, 747 /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the 748 /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed. 749 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations; 750 751 // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default 752 // argument locations. 753 llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs; 754 755 /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects which require a 756 /// definition in this translation unit. 757 llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> UndefinedButUsed; 758 759 /// Obtain a sorted list of functions that are undefined but ODR-used. 760 void getUndefinedButUsed( 761 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> > &Undefined); 762 763 typedef std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList> GlobalMethods; 764 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, GlobalMethods> GlobalMethodPool; 765 766 /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id". 767 /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures 768 /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1% 769 /// of selectors are "overloaded"). 770 GlobalMethodPool MethodPool; 771 772 /// Method selectors used in a \@selector expression. Used for implementation 773 /// of -Wselector. 774 llvm::DenseMap<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors; 775 776 /// Kinds of C++ special members. 777 enum CXXSpecialMember { 778 CXXDefaultConstructor, 779 CXXCopyConstructor, 780 CXXMoveConstructor, 781 CXXCopyAssignment, 782 CXXMoveAssignment, 783 CXXDestructor, 784 CXXInvalid 785 }; 786 787 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, CXXSpecialMember> SpecialMemberDecl; 788 789 /// The C++ special members which we are currently in the process of 790 /// declaring. If this process recursively triggers the declaration of the 791 /// same special member, we should act as if it is not yet declared. 792 llvm::SmallSet<SpecialMemberDecl, 4> SpecialMembersBeingDeclared; 793 794 void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel); 795 796 /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'. 797 bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr); 798 799 /// \brief Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be 800 /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and 801 /// should not be used elsewhere. 802 void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID); 803 804 /// Records and restores the FP_CONTRACT state on entry/exit of compound 805 /// statements. 806 class FPContractStateRAII { 807 public: 808 FPContractStateRAII(Sema& S) 809 : S(S), OldFPContractState(S.FPFeatures.fp_contract) {} 810 ~FPContractStateRAII() { 811 S.FPFeatures.fp_contract = OldFPContractState; 812 } 813 private: 814 Sema& S; 815 bool OldFPContractState : 1; 816 }; 817 818public: 819 Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer, 820 TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete, 821 CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = 0); 822 ~Sema(); 823 824 /// \brief Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been 825 /// initialized but before it parses anything. 826 void Initialize(); 827 828 const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; } 829 OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; } 830 FPOptions &getFPOptions() { return FPFeatures; } 831 832 DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; } 833 SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; } 834 const TargetAttributesSema &getTargetAttributesSema() const; 835 Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; } 836 ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; } 837 ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; } 838 ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const; 839 ExternalSemaSource* getExternalSource() const { return ExternalSource; } 840 841 ///\brief Registers an external source. If an external source already exists, 842 /// creates a multiplex external source and appends to it. 843 /// 844 ///\param[in] E - A non-null external sema source. 845 /// 846 void addExternalSource(ExternalSemaSource *E); 847 848 void PrintStats() const; 849 850 /// \brief Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional 851 /// template instantiation stacks. 852 /// 853 /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder 854 /// class that emits diagnostics. SemaDiagnosticBuilder is 855 /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder 856 /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template 857 /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as 858 /// well. 859 class SemaDiagnosticBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder { 860 Sema &SemaRef; 861 unsigned DiagID; 862 863 public: 864 SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID) 865 : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) { } 866 867 ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder() { 868 // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do. 869 if (!isActive()) return; 870 871 // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First flush the underlying 872 // DiagnosticBuilder data, and clear the diagnostic builder itself so it 873 // won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor. 874 // 875 // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will 876 // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be 877 // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder 878 // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to 879 // eliminate that code. 880 FlushCounts(); 881 Clear(); 882 883 // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic. 884 SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID); 885 } 886 }; 887 888 /// \brief Emit a diagnostic. 889 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID) { 890 DiagnosticBuilder DB = Diags.Report(Loc, DiagID); 891 return SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DB, *this, DiagID); 892 } 893 894 /// \brief Emit a partial diagnostic. 895 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic& PD); 896 897 /// \brief Build a partial diagnostic. 898 PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h 899 900 bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name); 901 902 /// \brief Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type. 903 std::string getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T) const; 904 std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T) const; 905 906 ExprResult Owned(Expr* E) { return E; } 907 ExprResult Owned(ExprResult R) { return R; } 908 StmtResult Owned(Stmt* S) { return S; } 909 910 void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit(); 911 912 void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles(); 913 914 Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx); 915 916 void PushFunctionScope(); 917 void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block); 918 void PushLambdaScope(CXXRecordDecl *Lambda, CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator); 919 void PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP =0, 920 const Decl *D = 0, const BlockExpr *blkExpr = 0); 921 922 sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const { 923 return FunctionScopes.back(); 924 } 925 926 void PushCompoundScope(); 927 void PopCompoundScope(); 928 929 sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const; 930 931 bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const; 932 933 /// \brief Retrieve the current block, if any. 934 sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock(); 935 936 /// \brief Retrieve the current lambda expression, if any. 937 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurLambda(); 938 939 /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to \#pragma weak-generated Decls 940 SmallVector<Decl*,2> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; } 941 942 void ActOnComment(SourceRange Comment); 943 944 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 945 // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp. 946 // 947 948 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs, 949 const DeclSpec *DS = 0); 950 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVRA, 951 const DeclSpec *DS = 0); 952 QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T, 953 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 954 QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef, 955 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 956 QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 957 Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals, 958 SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity); 959 QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize, 960 SourceLocation AttrLoc); 961 962 /// \brief Build a function type. 963 /// 964 /// This routine checks the function type according to C++ rules and 965 /// under the assumption that the result type and parameter types have 966 /// just been instantiated from a template. It therefore duplicates 967 /// some of the behavior of GetTypeForDeclarator, but in a much 968 /// simpler form that is only suitable for this narrow use case. 969 /// 970 /// \param T The return type of the function. 971 /// 972 /// \param ParamTypes The parameter types of the function. This array 973 /// will be modified to account for adjustments to the types of the 974 /// function parameters. 975 /// 976 /// \param Loc The location of the entity whose type involves this 977 /// function type or, if there is no such entity, the location of the 978 /// type that will have function type. 979 /// 980 /// \param Entity The name of the entity that involves the function 981 /// type, if known. 982 /// 983 /// \param EPI Extra information about the function type. Usually this will 984 /// be taken from an existing function with the same prototype. 985 /// 986 /// \returns A suitable function type, if there are no errors. The 987 /// unqualified type will always be a FunctionProtoType. 988 /// Otherwise, returns a NULL type. 989 QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T, 990 llvm::MutableArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes, 991 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity, 992 const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI); 993 994 QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class, 995 SourceLocation Loc, 996 DeclarationName Entity); 997 QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T, 998 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 999 QualType BuildParenType(QualType T); 1000 QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 1001 1002 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S); 1003 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy); 1004 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeSourceInfoForDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType T, 1005 TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo); 1006 1007 /// \brief Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType. 1008 ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 1009 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D); 1010 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name); 1011 static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty, TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = 0); 1012 CanThrowResult canThrow(const Expr *E); 1013 const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, 1014 const FunctionProtoType *FPT); 1015 bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType &T, const SourceRange &Range); 1016 bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T); 1017 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New); 1018 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 1019 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, 1020 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc); 1021 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 1022 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 1023 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, 1024 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc, 1025 bool *MissingExceptionSpecification = 0, 1026 bool *MissingEmptyExceptionSpecification = 0, 1027 bool AllowNoexceptAllMatchWithNoSpec = false, 1028 bool IsOperatorNew = false); 1029 bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset( 1030 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 1031 const FunctionProtoType *Superset, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 1032 const FunctionProtoType *Subset, SourceLocation SubLoc); 1033 bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 1034 const FunctionProtoType *Target, SourceLocation TargetLoc, 1035 const FunctionProtoType *Source, SourceLocation SourceLoc); 1036 1037 TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1038 1039 /// \brief The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype' 1040 /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type. 1041 ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc); 1042 1043 /// \brief Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types. 1044 struct TypeDiagnoser { 1045 bool Suppressed; 1046 1047 TypeDiagnoser(bool Suppressed = false) : Suppressed(Suppressed) { } 1048 1049 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; 1050 virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {} 1051 }; 1052 1053 static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; } 1054 static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; } 1055 static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; } 1056 static const char * getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; } 1057 static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; } 1058 static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; } 1059 static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) { 1060 return II; 1061 } 1062 static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; } 1063 static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; } 1064 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; } 1065 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; } 1066 static SourceRange getPrintable(Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); } 1067 static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange();} 1068 1069 template<typename T1> 1070 class BoundTypeDiagnoser1 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1071 unsigned DiagID; 1072 const T1 &Arg1; 1073 1074 public: 1075 BoundTypeDiagnoser1(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) 1076 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1) { } 1077 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1078 if (Suppressed) return; 1079 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << T; 1080 } 1081 1082 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser1() { } 1083 }; 1084 1085 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1086 class BoundTypeDiagnoser2 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1087 unsigned DiagID; 1088 const T1 &Arg1; 1089 const T2 &Arg2; 1090 1091 public: 1092 BoundTypeDiagnoser2(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1093 const T2 &Arg2) 1094 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1), 1095 Arg2(Arg2) { } 1096 1097 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1098 if (Suppressed) return; 1099 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << T; 1100 } 1101 1102 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser2() { } 1103 }; 1104 1105 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1106 class BoundTypeDiagnoser3 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1107 unsigned DiagID; 1108 const T1 &Arg1; 1109 const T2 &Arg2; 1110 const T3 &Arg3; 1111 1112 public: 1113 BoundTypeDiagnoser3(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1114 const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) 1115 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1), 1116 Arg2(Arg2), Arg3(Arg3) { } 1117 1118 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1119 if (Suppressed) return; 1120 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) 1121 << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << getPrintable(Arg3) << T; 1122 } 1123 1124 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser3() { } 1125 }; 1126 1127 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1128 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1129 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1130 unsigned DiagID); 1131 1132 template<typename T1> 1133 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1134 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1135 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1136 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1137 } 1138 1139 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1140 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1141 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 1142 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1143 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1144 } 1145 1146 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1147 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1148 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, 1149 const T3 &Arg3) { 1150 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1151 Arg3); 1152 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1153 } 1154 1155 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1156 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID); 1157 1158 template<typename T1> 1159 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1160 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1161 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1162 } 1163 1164 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1165 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1166 const T2 &Arg2) { 1167 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1168 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1169 } 1170 1171 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1172 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1173 const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) { 1174 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1175 Arg3); 1176 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1177 } 1178 1179 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1180 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1181 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID); 1182 1183 template<typename T1> 1184 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1185 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1186 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1187 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1188 } 1189 1190 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1191 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1192 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 1193 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1194 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1195 } 1196 1197 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1198 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1199 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, 1200 const T3 &Arg3) { 1201 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1202 Arg3); 1203 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1204 } 1205 1206 QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 1207 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T); 1208 1209 QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 1210 QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 1211 QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType, 1212 UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind, 1213 SourceLocation Loc); 1214 1215 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1216 // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp. 1217 // 1218 1219 /// List of decls defined in a function prototype. This contains EnumConstants 1220 /// that incorrectly end up in translation unit scope because there is no 1221 /// function to pin them on. ActOnFunctionDeclarator reads this list and patches 1222 /// them into the FunctionDecl. 1223 std::vector<NamedDecl*> DeclsInPrototypeScope; 1224 /// Nonzero if we are currently parsing a function declarator. This is a counter 1225 /// as opposed to a boolean so we can deal with nested function declarators 1226 /// such as: 1227 /// void f(void (*g)(), ...) 1228 unsigned InFunctionDeclarator; 1229 1230 DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = 0); 1231 1232 void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors(); 1233 1234 bool isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const; 1235 1236 ParsedType getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1237 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0, 1238 bool isClassName = false, 1239 bool HasTrailingDot = false, 1240 ParsedType ObjectType = ParsedType(), 1241 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false, 1242 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false, 1243 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = 0); 1244 TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S); 1245 bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S); 1246 bool DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 1247 SourceLocation IILoc, 1248 Scope *S, 1249 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 1250 ParsedType &SuggestedType); 1251 1252 /// \brief Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed 1253 /// by \c ClassifyName(). 1254 enum NameClassificationKind { 1255 NC_Unknown, 1256 NC_Error, 1257 NC_Keyword, 1258 NC_Type, 1259 NC_Expression, 1260 NC_NestedNameSpecifier, 1261 NC_TypeTemplate, 1262 NC_FunctionTemplate 1263 }; 1264 1265 class NameClassification { 1266 NameClassificationKind Kind; 1267 ExprResult Expr; 1268 TemplateName Template; 1269 ParsedType Type; 1270 const IdentifierInfo *Keyword; 1271 1272 explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {} 1273 1274 public: 1275 NameClassification(ExprResult Expr) : Kind(NC_Expression), Expr(Expr) {} 1276 1277 NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {} 1278 1279 NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword) 1280 : Kind(NC_Keyword), Keyword(Keyword) { } 1281 1282 static NameClassification Error() { 1283 return NameClassification(NC_Error); 1284 } 1285 1286 static NameClassification Unknown() { 1287 return NameClassification(NC_Unknown); 1288 } 1289 1290 static NameClassification NestedNameSpecifier() { 1291 return NameClassification(NC_NestedNameSpecifier); 1292 } 1293 1294 static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1295 NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate); 1296 Result.Template = Name; 1297 return Result; 1298 } 1299 1300 static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1301 NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate); 1302 Result.Template = Name; 1303 return Result; 1304 } 1305 1306 NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; } 1307 1308 ParsedType getType() const { 1309 assert(Kind == NC_Type); 1310 return Type; 1311 } 1312 1313 ExprResult getExpression() const { 1314 assert(Kind == NC_Expression); 1315 return Expr; 1316 } 1317 1318 TemplateName getTemplateName() const { 1319 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate); 1320 return Template; 1321 } 1322 1323 TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const { 1324 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate); 1325 return Kind == NC_TypeTemplate? TNK_Type_template : TNK_Function_template; 1326 } 1327 }; 1328 1329 /// \brief Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on 1330 /// the results of name lookup and the following token. 1331 /// 1332 /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct 1333 /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt 1334 /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name. 1335 /// 1336 /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup. 1337 /// 1338 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name. 1339 /// 1340 /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name, 1341 /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly. 1342 /// 1343 /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier. 1344 /// 1345 /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help 1346 /// disambiguate the name. 1347 /// 1348 /// \param IsAddressOfOperand True if this name is the operand of a unary 1349 /// address of ('&') expression, assuming it is classified as an 1350 /// expression. 1351 /// 1352 /// \param CCC The correction callback, if typo correction is desired. 1353 NameClassification ClassifyName(Scope *S, 1354 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1355 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 1356 SourceLocation NameLoc, 1357 const Token &NextToken, 1358 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 1359 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0); 1360 1361 Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1362 1363 NamedDecl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 1364 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); 1365 void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, 1366 const LookupResult &Previous, 1367 Scope *S); 1368 bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info); 1369 bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 1370 DeclarationName Name, 1371 SourceLocation Loc); 1372 void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS); 1373 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R); 1374 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D); 1375 void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange); 1376 void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D); 1377 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1378 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1379 LookupResult &Previous); 1380 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D, 1381 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration); 1382 NamedDecl* ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1383 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1384 LookupResult &Previous, 1385 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists); 1386 // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration 1387 bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous); 1388 void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var); 1389 void MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(const FunctionDecl *D); 1390 void ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator(); 1391 void ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator(); 1392 NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1393 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1394 LookupResult &Previous, 1395 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 1396 bool &AddToScope); 1397 bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1398 void checkVoidParamDecl(ParmVarDecl *Param); 1399 1400 bool CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *FD); 1401 bool CheckConstexprFunctionBody(const FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *Body); 1402 1403 void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1404 // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration 1405 bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, 1406 FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous, 1407 bool IsExplicitSpecialization); 1408 void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D); 1409 Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1410 ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 1411 SourceLocation Loc, 1412 QualType T); 1413 ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 1414 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 1415 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 1416 StorageClass SC); 1417 void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param, 1418 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1419 Expr *defarg); 1420 void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param, 1421 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1422 SourceLocation ArgLoc); 1423 void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param); 1424 bool SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg, 1425 SourceLocation EqualLoc); 1426 1427 void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit, 1428 bool TypeMayContainAuto); 1429 void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl, bool TypeMayContainAuto); 1430 void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl); 1431 void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D); 1432 void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc); 1433 void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc); 1434 void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D); 1435 DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 1436 Decl **Group, 1437 unsigned NumDecls); 1438 DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls, 1439 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true); 1440 1441 /// Should be called on all declarations that might have attached 1442 /// documentation comments. 1443 void ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D); 1444 void ActOnDocumentableDecls(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls); 1445 1446 void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 1447 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls); 1448 void CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD); 1449 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1450 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); 1451 void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); 1452 bool isObjCMethodDecl(Decl *D) { 1453 return D && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); 1454 } 1455 1456 /// \brief Determine whether we can skip parsing the body of a function 1457 /// definition, assuming we don't care about analyzing its body or emitting 1458 /// code for that function. 1459 /// 1460 /// This will be \c false only if we may need the body of the function in 1461 /// order to parse the rest of the program (for instance, if it is 1462 /// \c constexpr in C++11 or has an 'auto' return type in C++14). 1463 bool canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D); 1464 1465 void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope); 1466 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body); 1467 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation); 1468 Decl *ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl); 1469 1470 /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an 1471 /// attribute for which parsing is delayed. 1472 void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs); 1473 1474 /// \brief Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of 1475 /// ParmVarDecl pointers. 1476 void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin, 1477 ParmVarDecl * const *End); 1478 1479 /// \brief Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a 1480 /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a 1481 /// specified threshold. 1482 void DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin, 1483 ParmVarDecl * const *End, 1484 QualType ReturnTy, 1485 NamedDecl *D); 1486 1487 void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body); 1488 Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 1489 SourceLocation AsmLoc, 1490 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 1491 1492 /// \brief Handle a C++11 empty-declaration and attribute-declaration. 1493 Decl *ActOnEmptyDeclaration(Scope *S, 1494 AttributeList *AttrList, 1495 SourceLocation SemiLoc); 1496 1497 /// \brief The parser has processed a module import declaration. 1498 /// 1499 /// \param AtLoc The location of the '@' symbol, if any. 1500 /// 1501 /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword. 1502 /// 1503 /// \param Path The module access path. 1504 DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ImportLoc, 1505 ModuleIdPath Path); 1506 1507 /// \brief Create an implicit import of the given module at the given 1508 /// source location. 1509 /// 1510 /// This routine is typically used for error recovery, when the entity found 1511 /// by name lookup is actually hidden within a module that we know about but 1512 /// the user has forgotten to import. 1513 void createImplicitModuleImport(SourceLocation Loc, Module *Mod); 1514 1515 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. 1516 PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const { 1517 return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP); 1518 } 1519 1520 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. 1521 static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx, 1522 const Preprocessor &PP); 1523 1524 /// Scope actions. 1525 void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S); 1526 void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S); 1527 1528 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1529 DeclSpec &DS); 1530 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1531 DeclSpec &DS, 1532 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 1533 bool IsExplicitInstantiation = false); 1534 1535 Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1536 AccessSpecifier AS, 1537 RecordDecl *Record); 1538 1539 Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1540 RecordDecl *Record); 1541 1542 bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 1543 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 1544 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 1545 const IdentifierInfo &Name); 1546 1547 enum TagUseKind { 1548 TUK_Reference, // Reference to a tag: 'struct foo *X;' 1549 TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag: 'struct foo;' 1550 TUK_Definition, // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;' 1551 TUK_Friend // Friend declaration: 'friend struct foo;' 1552 }; 1553 1554 Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 1555 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1556 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1557 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 1558 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 1559 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 1560 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 1561 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 1562 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType); 1563 1564 Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc, 1565 unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc, 1566 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1567 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1568 AttributeList *Attr, 1569 MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists); 1570 1571 TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S, 1572 unsigned TagSpec, 1573 TagUseKind TUK, 1574 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1575 IdentifierInfo *Name, 1576 SourceLocation TagLoc, 1577 SourceLocation NameLoc); 1578 1579 void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1580 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 1581 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls); 1582 Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1583 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth); 1584 1585 FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1586 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1587 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1588 AccessSpecifier AS); 1589 MSPropertyDecl *HandleMSProperty(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, 1590 SourceLocation DeclStart, 1591 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1592 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1593 AccessSpecifier AS, 1594 AttributeList *MSPropertyAttr); 1595 1596 FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 1597 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1598 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 1599 bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1600 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1601 SourceLocation TSSL, 1602 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 1603 Declarator *D = 0); 1604 1605 bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD); 1606 void DiagnoseNontrivial(const CXXRecordDecl *Record, CXXSpecialMember CSM); 1607 bool SpecialMemberIsTrivial(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, 1608 bool Diagnose = false); 1609 CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1610 void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart, 1611 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls); 1612 Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1613 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1614 tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility); 1615 1616 // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations. 1617 void ActOnFields(Scope* S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl, 1618 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, 1619 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 1620 AttributeList *AttrList); 1621 1622 /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the 1623 /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class, 1624 /// struct, or union). 1625 void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); 1626 1627 Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl); 1628 1629 /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a 1630 /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its 1631 /// member declarations. 1632 void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, 1633 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 1634 SourceLocation LBraceLoc); 1635 1636 /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing 1637 /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union). 1638 void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, 1639 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 1640 1641 void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 1642 1643 /// \brief Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container 1644 /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs. 1645 /// 1646 /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext 1647 void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); 1648 void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); 1649 1650 /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable 1651 /// error parsing the definition of a tag. 1652 void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); 1653 1654 EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 1655 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 1656 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1657 IdentifierInfo *Id, 1658 Expr *val); 1659 bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI); 1660 bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 1661 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, const EnumDecl *Prev); 1662 1663 Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant, 1664 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 1665 AttributeList *Attrs, 1666 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val); 1667 void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 1668 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDecl, 1669 Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements, 1670 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr); 1671 1672 DeclContext *getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC); 1673 1674 /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped. 1675 void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1676 void PopDeclContext(); 1677 1678 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1679 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1680 void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1681 void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S); 1682 1683 /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope. 1684 void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D); 1685 void ActOnExitFunctionContext(); 1686 1687 DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext(); 1688 1689 /// getCurFunctionDecl - If inside of a function body, this returns a pointer 1690 /// to the function decl for the function being parsed. If we're currently 1691 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1692 FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl(); 1693 1694 /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to 1695 /// the method decl for the method being parsed. If we're currently 1696 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1697 ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl(); 1698 1699 /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method 1700 /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null. If we're currently 1701 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1702 NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl(); 1703 1704 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1705 void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true); 1706 1707 /// \brief Make the given externally-produced declaration visible at the 1708 /// top level scope. 1709 /// 1710 /// \param D The externally-produced declaration to push. 1711 /// 1712 /// \param Name The name of the externally-produced declaration. 1713 void pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name); 1714 1715 /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true 1716 /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns 1717 /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context. 1718 /// 1719 /// \param ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization When true, we are checking 1720 /// whether the declaration is in scope for the purposes of explicit template 1721 /// instantiation or specialization. The default is false. 1722 bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = 0, 1723 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization = false); 1724 1725 /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it 1726 /// happens to be an enclosing scope. Otherwise return NULL. 1727 static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1728 1729 /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator(). 1730 TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 1731 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 1732 bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New); 1733 1734 /// Attribute merging methods. Return true if a new attribute was added. 1735 AvailabilityAttr *mergeAvailabilityAttr(NamedDecl *D, SourceRange Range, 1736 IdentifierInfo *Platform, 1737 VersionTuple Introduced, 1738 VersionTuple Deprecated, 1739 VersionTuple Obsoleted, 1740 bool IsUnavailable, 1741 StringRef Message, 1742 bool Override, 1743 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1744 TypeVisibilityAttr *mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1745 TypeVisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis, 1746 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1747 VisibilityAttr *mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1748 VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis, 1749 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1750 DLLImportAttr *mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1751 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1752 DLLExportAttr *mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1753 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1754 FormatAttr *mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Format, 1755 int FormatIdx, int FirstArg, 1756 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1757 SectionAttr *mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Name, 1758 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1759 1760 /// \brief Describes the kind of merge to perform for availability 1761 /// attributes (including "deprecated", "unavailable", and "availability"). 1762 enum AvailabilityMergeKind { 1763 /// \brief Don't merge availability attributes at all. 1764 AMK_None, 1765 /// \brief Merge availability attributes for a redeclaration, which requires 1766 /// an exact match. 1767 AMK_Redeclaration, 1768 /// \brief Merge availability attributes for an override, which requires 1769 /// an exact match or a weakening of constraints. 1770 AMK_Override 1771 }; 1772 1773 void mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 1774 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK = AMK_Redeclaration); 1775 void MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls); 1776 bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *Old, Scope *S); 1777 bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 1778 Scope *S); 1779 void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old); 1780 void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls, 1781 bool OldDeclsWereHidden); 1782 void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, bool OldIsHidden); 1783 void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old); 1784 bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S); 1785 1786 // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions 1787 // to represent what is actually causing the operation 1788 enum AssignmentAction { 1789 AA_Assigning, 1790 AA_Passing, 1791 AA_Returning, 1792 AA_Converting, 1793 AA_Initializing, 1794 AA_Sending, 1795 AA_Casting 1796 }; 1797 1798 /// C++ Overloading. 1799 enum OverloadKind { 1800 /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are 1801 /// functions or function templates with different signatures. 1802 Ovl_Overload, 1803 1804 /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches 1805 /// an existing declaration. 1806 Ovl_Match, 1807 1808 /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a 1809 /// non-function. 1810 Ovl_NonFunction 1811 }; 1812 OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S, 1813 FunctionDecl *New, 1814 const LookupResult &OldDecls, 1815 NamedDecl *&OldDecl, 1816 bool IsForUsingDecl); 1817 bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl); 1818 1819 /// \brief Checks availability of the function depending on the current 1820 /// function context.Inside an unavailable function,unavailability is ignored. 1821 /// 1822 /// \returns true if \p FD is unavailable and current context is inside 1823 /// an available function, false otherwise. 1824 bool isFunctionConsideredUnavailable(FunctionDecl *FD); 1825 1826 ImplicitConversionSequence 1827 TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1828 bool SuppressUserConversions, 1829 bool AllowExplicit, 1830 bool InOverloadResolution, 1831 bool CStyle, 1832 bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion); 1833 1834 bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1835 bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1836 bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1837 bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1838 bool InOverloadResolution, 1839 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); 1840 bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1841 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); 1842 bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1843 QualType &ConvertedType); 1844 bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1845 QualType& ConvertedType); 1846 bool FunctionArgTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType, 1847 const FunctionProtoType *NewType, 1848 unsigned *ArgPos = 0); 1849 void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, 1850 QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1851 1852 CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E); 1853 bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1854 CastKind &Kind, 1855 CXXCastPath& BasePath, 1856 bool IgnoreBaseAccess); 1857 bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1858 bool InOverloadResolution, 1859 QualType &ConvertedType); 1860 bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1861 CastKind &Kind, 1862 CXXCastPath &BasePath, 1863 bool IgnoreBaseAccess); 1864 bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1865 bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); 1866 bool IsNoReturnConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1867 QualType &ResultTy); 1868 bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 1869 1870 1871 ExprResult PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1872 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate, 1873 QualType ResultType, 1874 Expr *Value, 1875 bool AllowNRVO = true); 1876 1877 bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1878 ExprResult Init); 1879 ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1880 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1881 ExprResult Init, 1882 bool TopLevelOfInitList = false, 1883 bool AllowExplicit = false); 1884 ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From, 1885 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 1886 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 1887 CXXMethodDecl *Method); 1888 1889 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From); 1890 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From); 1891 1892 /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required. 1893 enum CCEKind { 1894 CCEK_CaseValue, ///< Expression in a case label. 1895 CCEK_Enumerator, ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type. 1896 CCEK_TemplateArg ///< Value of a non-type template parameter. 1897 }; 1898 ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T, 1899 llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE); 1900 1901 /// \brief Abstract base class used to diagnose problems that occur while 1902 /// trying to convert an expression to integral or enumeration type. 1903 class ICEConvertDiagnoser { 1904 public: 1905 bool Suppress; 1906 bool SuppressConversion; 1907 1908 ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false, 1909 bool SuppressConversion = false) 1910 : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) { } 1911 1912 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have 1913 /// integral or enumeration type. 1914 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1915 QualType T) = 0; 1916 1917 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type. 1918 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1919 QualType T) = 0; 1920 1921 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function 1922 /// is explicit. 1923 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1924 QualType T, 1925 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1926 1927 /// \brief Emits a note for the explicit conversion function. 1928 virtual DiagnosticBuilder 1929 noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1930 1931 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion 1932 /// functions. 1933 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1934 QualType T) = 0; 1935 1936 /// \brief Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions. 1937 virtual DiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 1938 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1939 1940 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function 1941 /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function). 1942 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1943 QualType T, 1944 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1945 1946 virtual ~ICEConvertDiagnoser() {} 1947 }; 1948 1949 ExprResult 1950 ConvertToIntegralOrEnumerationType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE, 1951 ICEConvertDiagnoser &Diagnoser, 1952 bool AllowScopedEnumerations); 1953 1954 enum ObjCSubscriptKind { 1955 OS_Array, 1956 OS_Dictionary, 1957 OS_Error 1958 }; 1959 ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE); 1960 1961 // Note that LK_String is intentionally after the other literals, as 1962 // this is used for diagnostics logic. 1963 enum ObjCLiteralKind { 1964 LK_Array, 1965 LK_Dictionary, 1966 LK_Numeric, 1967 LK_Boxed, 1968 LK_String, 1969 LK_Block, 1970 LK_None 1971 }; 1972 ObjCLiteralKind CheckLiteralKind(Expr *FromE); 1973 1974 ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From, 1975 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 1976 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 1977 NamedDecl *Member); 1978 1979 // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*. 1980 // TODO: make this is a typesafe union. 1981 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet; 1982 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet; 1983 1984 void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function, 1985 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1986 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1987 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1988 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 1989 bool PartialOverloading = false, 1990 bool AllowExplicit = false); 1991 void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions, 1992 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1993 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1994 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 1995 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0); 1996 void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1997 QualType ObjectType, 1998 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 1999 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2000 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2001 bool SuppressUserConversion = false); 2002 void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method, 2003 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2004 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType, 2005 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 2006 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2007 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2008 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 2009 void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl, 2010 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2011 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 2012 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 2013 QualType ObjectType, 2014 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 2015 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2016 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2017 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 2018 void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 2019 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2020 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 2021 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2022 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2023 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 2024 void AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, 2025 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2026 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 2027 Expr *From, QualType ToType, 2028 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 2029 void AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 2030 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2031 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 2032 Expr *From, QualType ToType, 2033 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet); 2034 void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, 2035 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2036 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 2037 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 2038 Expr *Object, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2039 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 2040 void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 2041 SourceLocation OpLoc, 2042 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2043 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2044 SourceRange OpRange = SourceRange()); 2045 void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys, 2046 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2047 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2048 bool IsAssignmentOperator = false, 2049 unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0); 2050 void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 2051 SourceLocation OpLoc, 2052 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2053 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 2054 void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name, 2055 bool Operator, SourceLocation Loc, 2056 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2057 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 2058 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2059 bool PartialOverloading = false); 2060 2061 // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate 2062 void NoteOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Fn, QualType DestType = QualType()); 2063 2064 // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates 2065 // identified by the expression Expr 2066 void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr* E, QualType DestType = QualType()); 2067 2068 // [PossiblyAFunctionType] --> [Return] 2069 // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType 2070 // R (A) --> R(A) 2071 // R (*)(A) --> R (A) 2072 // R (&)(A) --> R (A) 2073 // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A) 2074 QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType); 2075 2076 FunctionDecl * 2077 ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr, 2078 QualType TargetType, 2079 bool Complain, 2080 DeclAccessPair &Found, 2081 bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = 0); 2082 2083 FunctionDecl *ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl, 2084 bool Complain = false, 2085 DeclAccessPair* Found = 0); 2086 2087 bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization( 2088 ExprResult &SrcExpr, 2089 bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false, 2090 bool Complain = false, 2091 const SourceRange& OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(), 2092 QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(), 2093 unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0); 2094 2095 2096 Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E, 2097 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2098 FunctionDecl *Fn); 2099 ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult, 2100 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2101 FunctionDecl *Fn); 2102 2103 void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2104 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2105 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, 2106 bool PartialOverloading = false); 2107 2108 // An enum used to represent the different possible results of building a 2109 // range-based for loop. 2110 enum ForRangeStatus { 2111 FRS_Success, 2112 FRS_NoViableFunction, 2113 FRS_DiagnosticIssued 2114 }; 2115 2116 // An enum to represent whether something is dealing with a call to begin() 2117 // or a call to end() in a range-based for loop. 2118 enum BeginEndFunction { 2119 BEF_begin, 2120 BEF_end 2121 }; 2122 2123 ForRangeStatus BuildForRangeBeginEndCall(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, 2124 SourceLocation RangeLoc, 2125 VarDecl *Decl, 2126 BeginEndFunction BEF, 2127 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2128 LookupResult &MemberLookup, 2129 OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, 2130 Expr *Range, ExprResult *CallExpr); 2131 2132 ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, 2133 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2134 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2135 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2136 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2137 Expr *ExecConfig, 2138 bool AllowTypoCorrection=true); 2139 2140 bool buildOverloadedCallSet(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2141 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2142 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2143 OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, 2144 ExprResult *Result); 2145 2146 ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 2147 unsigned Opc, 2148 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, 2149 Expr *input); 2150 2151 ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 2152 unsigned Opc, 2153 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, 2154 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 2155 2156 ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc, 2157 SourceLocation RLoc, 2158 Expr *Base,Expr *Idx); 2159 2160 ExprResult 2161 BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr, 2162 SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr **Args, 2163 unsigned NumArgs, SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2164 ExprResult 2165 BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2166 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2167 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2168 2169 ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 2170 SourceLocation OpLoc); 2171 2172 /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is 2173 /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location 2174 /// that best represents the call. 2175 bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc, 2176 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD); 2177 2178 /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions. 2179 bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ParmVarDecl **Param, ParmVarDecl **ParamEnd, 2180 bool CheckParameterNames); 2181 void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD); 2182 void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D); 2183 Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S); 2184 2185 /// \name Name lookup 2186 /// 2187 /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic 2188 /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers, 2189 /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or 2190 /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry 2191 /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup, 2192 /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup. 2193 /// 2194 /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria, 2195 /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how 2196 /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both 2197 /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore 2198 /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name 2199 /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name 2200 /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration. 2201 /// 2202 /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name 2203 /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation 2204 /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing 2205 /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup 2206 /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or 2207 /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name 2208 /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides 2209 /// the ability to distinguish among them. 2210 //@{ 2211 2212 /// @brief Describes the kind of name lookup to perform. 2213 enum LookupNameKind { 2214 /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions, 2215 /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names 2216 /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++. 2217 LookupOrdinaryName = 0, 2218 /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes, 2219 /// structs, and unions. 2220 LookupTagName, 2221 /// Label name lookup. 2222 LookupLabel, 2223 /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of 2224 /// class/struct/union members. 2225 LookupMemberName, 2226 /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with 2227 /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name 2228 /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members. 2229 LookupOperatorName, 2230 /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution 2231 /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object, 2232 /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1). 2233 LookupNestedNameSpecifierName, 2234 /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or 2235 /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++ 2236 /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1). 2237 LookupNamespaceName, 2238 /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name, 2239 /// including resolved using declarations. This is appropriate 2240 /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration. 2241 LookupUsingDeclName, 2242 /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a 2243 /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that 2244 /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See 2245 /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6. 2246 LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage, 2247 /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol. 2248 LookupObjCProtocolName, 2249 /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method. 2250 LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam, 2251 /// \brief Look up any declaration with any name. 2252 LookupAnyName 2253 }; 2254 2255 /// \brief Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a 2256 /// redeclaration (vs. a reference). 2257 enum RedeclarationKind { 2258 /// \brief The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the 2259 /// purpose of redeclaring the name. 2260 NotForRedeclaration = 0, 2261 /// \brief The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name, 2262 /// if an entity by that name already exists. 2263 ForRedeclaration 2264 }; 2265 2266 /// \brief The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator. 2267 enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult { 2268 /// \brief The lookup resulted in an error. 2269 LOLR_Error, 2270 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which 2271 /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it. 2272 LOLR_Cooked, 2273 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects 2274 /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token. 2275 LOLR_Raw, 2276 /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates, 2277 /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be 2278 /// passed as a non-type template argument pack. 2279 LOLR_Template 2280 }; 2281 2282 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D, 2283 CXXSpecialMember SM, 2284 bool ConstArg, 2285 bool VolatileArg, 2286 bool RValueThis, 2287 bool ConstThis, 2288 bool VolatileThis); 2289 2290private: 2291 bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S); 2292 2293 // \brief The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls. 2294 // 2295 // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded 2296 // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise. 2297 llvm::MapVector<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces; 2298 2299 /// \brief Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal 2300 /// source. 2301 bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces; 2302 2303public: 2304 /// \brief Look up a name, looking for a single declaration. Return 2305 /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded. 2306 /// 2307 /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle 2308 /// ambiguity and overloaded. 2309 NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name, 2310 SourceLocation Loc, 2311 LookupNameKind NameKind, 2312 RedeclarationKind Redecl 2313 = NotForRedeclaration); 2314 bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, 2315 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false); 2316 bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx, 2317 bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false); 2318 bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 2319 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false, 2320 bool EnteringContext = false); 2321 ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc, 2322 RedeclarationKind Redecl 2323 = NotForRedeclaration); 2324 2325 void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S, 2326 QualType T1, QualType T2, 2327 UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions); 2328 2329 LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 2330 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation()); 2331 2332 DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2333 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2334 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 2335 unsigned Quals); 2336 CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, 2337 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); 2338 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 2339 unsigned Quals); 2340 CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, 2341 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); 2342 CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2343 2344 LiteralOperatorLookupResult LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R, 2345 ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys, 2346 bool AllowRawAndTemplate); 2347 bool isKnownName(StringRef name); 2348 2349 void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, bool Operator, 2350 SourceLocation Loc, 2351 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2352 ADLResult &Functions); 2353 2354 void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind, 2355 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, 2356 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true); 2357 void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind, 2358 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, 2359 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true); 2360 2361 TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo, 2362 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, 2363 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 2364 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, 2365 DeclContext *MemberContext = 0, 2366 bool EnteringContext = false, 2367 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = 0); 2368 2369 void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(SourceLocation InstantiationLoc, 2370 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2371 AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces, 2372 AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses); 2373 2374 void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 2375 bool ConsiderLinkage, 2376 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 2377 2378 bool DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result); 2379 //@} 2380 2381 ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 2382 SourceLocation IdLoc, 2383 bool TypoCorrection = false); 2384 NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 2385 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 2386 SourceLocation Loc); 2387 NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II, 2388 Scope *S); 2389 void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD); 2390 2391 // More parsing and symbol table subroutines. 2392 2393 void ProcessPragmaWeak(Scope *S, Decl *D); 2394 // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. 2395 void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD, 2396 bool NonInheritable = true, 2397 bool Inheritable = true); 2398 void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const AttributeList *AL, 2399 bool NonInheritable = true, 2400 bool Inheritable = true, 2401 bool IncludeCXX11Attributes = true); 2402 bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl, 2403 const AttributeList *AttrList); 2404 2405 void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D); 2406 2407 bool CheckRegparmAttr(const AttributeList &attr, unsigned &value); 2408 bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const AttributeList &attr, CallingConv &CC, 2409 const FunctionDecl *FD = 0); 2410 bool CheckNoReturnAttr(const AttributeList &attr); 2411 void CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Decl *D); 2412 2413 /// \brief Stmt attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. 2414 StmtResult ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt, AttributeList *Attrs, 2415 SourceRange Range); 2416 2417 void WarnUndefinedMethod(SourceLocation ImpLoc, ObjCMethodDecl *method, 2418 bool &IncompleteImpl, unsigned DiagID); 2419 void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2420 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 2421 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2422 2423 void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2424 ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden, 2425 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2426 2427 /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method 2428 /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration. 2429 void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2430 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 2431 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2432 2433 bool isPropertyReadonly(ObjCPropertyDecl *PropertyDecl, 2434 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 2435 2436 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 8> SelectorSet; 2437 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, ObjCMethodDecl*> ProtocolsMethodsMap; 2438 2439 /// CheckProtocolMethodDefs - This routine checks unimplemented 2440 /// methods declared in protocol, and those referenced by it. 2441 void CheckProtocolMethodDefs(SourceLocation ImpLoc, 2442 ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl, 2443 bool& IncompleteImpl, 2444 const SelectorSet &InsMap, 2445 const SelectorSet &ClsMap, 2446 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl); 2447 2448 /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables 2449 /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface. 2450 void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl, 2451 ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars, 2452 SourceLocation Loc); 2453 2454 /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method 2455 /// remains unimplemented in the class or category \@implementation. 2456 void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2457 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, 2458 bool IncompleteImpl = false); 2459 2460 /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties 2461 /// which must be implemented by this implementation. 2462 void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2463 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2464 const SelectorSet &InsMap); 2465 2466 /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all 2467 /// properties which must be synthesized in the class's \@implementation. 2468 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties (Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2469 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 2470 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D); 2471 2472 /// CollectImmediateProperties - This routine collects all properties in 2473 /// the class and its conforming protocols; but not those it its super class. 2474 void CollectImmediateProperties(ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2475 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& PropMap, 2476 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& SuperPropMap); 2477 2478 /// IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor - This routine returns 'true' if 'IV' is 2479 /// an ivar synthesized for 'Method' and 'Method' is a property accessor 2480 /// declared in class 'IFace'. 2481 bool IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace, 2482 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, ObjCIvarDecl *IV); 2483 2484 /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle \@property declarations in 2485 /// class extensions. 2486 ObjCPropertyDecl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S, 2487 SourceLocation AtLoc, 2488 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2489 FieldDeclarator &FD, 2490 Selector GetterSel, 2491 Selector SetterSel, 2492 const bool isAssign, 2493 const bool isReadWrite, 2494 const unsigned Attributes, 2495 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, 2496 bool *isOverridingProperty, 2497 TypeSourceInfo *T, 2498 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind); 2499 2500 /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to 2501 /// handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or \@interface. 2502 ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S, 2503 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2504 SourceLocation AtLoc, 2505 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2506 FieldDeclarator &FD, 2507 Selector GetterSel, 2508 Selector SetterSel, 2509 const bool isAssign, 2510 const bool isReadWrite, 2511 const unsigned Attributes, 2512 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, 2513 TypeSourceInfo *T, 2514 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 2515 DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0); 2516 2517 /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via 2518 /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared 2519 /// setter or getter. 2520 void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2521 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl); 2522 2523 void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D); 2524 2525 void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID); 2526 2527 enum MethodMatchStrategy { 2528 MMS_loose, 2529 MMS_strict 2530 }; 2531 2532 /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns 2533 /// true, or false, accordingly. 2534 bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2535 const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod, 2536 MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict); 2537 2538 /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or 2539 /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations. 2540 void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap, 2541 const SelectorSet &ClsMap, 2542 SelectorSet &InsMapSeen, 2543 SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen, 2544 ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2545 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, 2546 bool &IncompleteImpl, 2547 bool ImmediateClass, 2548 bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false); 2549 2550 /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in 2551 /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and 2552 /// warns each time an exact match is found. 2553 void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP); 2554 2555 /// \brief Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods. 2556 void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method); 2557 2558private: 2559 /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global 2560 /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool. 2561 void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance); 2562 2563 /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and 2564 /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures. 2565 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2566 bool receiverIdOrClass, 2567 bool warn, bool instance); 2568 2569public: 2570 /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation 2571 /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate 2572 /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking 2573 /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown). 2574 void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { 2575 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true); 2576 } 2577 2578 /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods. 2579 void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { 2580 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false); 2581 } 2582 2583 /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global 2584 /// pool. 2585 void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D); 2586 2587 /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if 2588 /// there are multiple signatures. 2589 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2590 bool receiverIdOrClass=false, 2591 bool warn=true) { 2592 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, 2593 warn, /*instance*/true); 2594 } 2595 2596 /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if 2597 /// there are multiple signatures. 2598 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2599 bool receiverIdOrClass=false, 2600 bool warn=true) { 2601 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, 2602 warn, /*instance*/false); 2603 } 2604 2605 /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an 2606 /// implementation. 2607 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel); 2608 2609 /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require 2610 /// initialization. 2611 void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI, 2612 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars); 2613 2614 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 2615 // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp. 2616public: 2617 class FullExprArg { 2618 public: 2619 FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(0) { } 2620 2621 // FIXME: The const_cast here is ugly. RValue references would make this 2622 // much nicer (or we could duplicate a bunch of the move semantics 2623 // emulation code from Ownership.h). 2624 FullExprArg(const FullExprArg& Other) : E(Other.E) {} 2625 2626 ExprResult release() { 2627 return E; 2628 } 2629 2630 Expr *get() const { return E; } 2631 2632 Expr *operator->() { 2633 return E; 2634 } 2635 2636 private: 2637 // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just 2638 // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below. 2639 friend class Sema; 2640 2641 explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {} 2642 2643 Expr *E; 2644 }; 2645 2646 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) { 2647 return MakeFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation()); 2648 } 2649 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg, SourceLocation CC) { 2650 return FullExprArg(ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, CC).release()); 2651 } 2652 FullExprArg MakeFullDiscardedValueExpr(Expr *Arg) { 2653 ExprResult FE = 2654 ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation(), 2655 /*DiscardedValue*/ true); 2656 return FullExprArg(FE.release()); 2657 } 2658 2659 StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(ExprResult Arg); 2660 StmtResult ActOnExprStmtError(); 2661 2662 StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc, 2663 bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false); 2664 2665 void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(); 2666 void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); 2667 StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, 2668 MultiStmtArg Elts, 2669 bool isStmtExpr); 2670 2671 /// \brief A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement. 2672 class CompoundScopeRAII { 2673 public: 2674 CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S): S(S) { 2675 S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(); 2676 } 2677 2678 ~CompoundScopeRAII() { 2679 S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); 2680 } 2681 2682 private: 2683 Sema &S; 2684 }; 2685 2686 StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl, 2687 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2688 SourceLocation EndLoc); 2689 void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl); 2690 StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E); 2691 StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, Expr *LHSVal, 2692 SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, Expr *RHSVal, 2693 SourceLocation ColonLoc); 2694 void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt); 2695 2696 StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 2697 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 2698 Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope); 2699 StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl, 2700 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt); 2701 2702 StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrLoc, 2703 ArrayRef<const Attr*> Attrs, 2704 Stmt *SubStmt); 2705 2706 StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc, 2707 FullExprArg CondVal, Decl *CondVar, 2708 Stmt *ThenVal, 2709 SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal); 2710 StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, 2711 Expr *Cond, 2712 Decl *CondVar); 2713 StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, 2714 Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body); 2715 StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc, 2716 FullExprArg Cond, 2717 Decl *CondVar, Stmt *Body); 2718 StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body, 2719 SourceLocation WhileLoc, 2720 SourceLocation CondLParen, Expr *Cond, 2721 SourceLocation CondRParen); 2722 2723 StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2724 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2725 Stmt *First, FullExprArg Second, 2726 Decl *SecondVar, 2727 FullExprArg Third, 2728 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2729 Stmt *Body); 2730 ExprResult CheckObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc, 2731 Expr *collection); 2732 StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc, 2733 Stmt *First, Expr *collection, 2734 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2735 StmtResult FinishObjCForCollectionStmt(Stmt *ForCollection, Stmt *Body); 2736 2737 enum BuildForRangeKind { 2738 /// Initial building of a for-range statement. 2739 BFRK_Build, 2740 /// Instantiation or recovery rebuild of a for-range statement. Don't 2741 /// attempt any typo-correction. 2742 BFRK_Rebuild, 2743 /// Determining whether a for-range statement could be built. Avoid any 2744 /// unnecessary or irreversible actions. 2745 BFRK_Check 2746 }; 2747 2748 StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, Stmt *LoopVar, 2749 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection, 2750 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2751 BuildForRangeKind Kind); 2752 StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2753 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 2754 Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *BeginEndDecl, 2755 Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc, 2756 Stmt *LoopVarDecl, 2757 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2758 BuildForRangeKind Kind); 2759 StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body); 2760 2761 StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, 2762 SourceLocation LabelLoc, 2763 LabelDecl *TheDecl); 2764 StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, 2765 SourceLocation StarLoc, 2766 Expr *DestExp); 2767 StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope); 2768 StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation BreakLoc, Scope *CurScope); 2769 2770 const VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, Expr *E, 2771 bool AllowFunctionParameters); 2772 2773 StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); 2774 StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); 2775 2776 StmtResult ActOnGCCAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, bool IsSimple, 2777 bool IsVolatile, unsigned NumOutputs, 2778 unsigned NumInputs, IdentifierInfo **Names, 2779 MultiExprArg Constraints, MultiExprArg Exprs, 2780 Expr *AsmString, MultiExprArg Clobbers, 2781 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2782 2783 NamedDecl *LookupInlineAsmIdentifier(StringRef Name, SourceLocation Loc, 2784 unsigned &Length, unsigned &Size, 2785 unsigned &Type, bool &IsVarDecl); 2786 bool LookupInlineAsmField(StringRef Base, StringRef Member, 2787 unsigned &Offset, SourceLocation AsmLoc); 2788 StmtResult ActOnMSAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 2789 ArrayRef<Token> AsmToks, SourceLocation EndLoc); 2790 2791 VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType, 2792 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2793 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 2794 bool Invalid = false); 2795 2796 Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 2797 2798 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen, 2799 Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body); 2800 2801 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); 2802 2803 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try, 2804 MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally); 2805 2806 StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw); 2807 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw, 2808 Scope *CurScope); 2809 ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc, 2810 Expr *operand); 2811 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, 2812 Expr *SynchExpr, 2813 Stmt *SynchBody); 2814 2815 StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); 2816 2817 VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 2818 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2819 SourceLocation IdLoc, 2820 IdentifierInfo *Id); 2821 2822 Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 2823 2824 StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc, 2825 Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock); 2826 StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock, 2827 MultiStmtArg Handlers); 2828 2829 StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ? 2830 SourceLocation TryLoc, 2831 Stmt *TryBlock, 2832 Stmt *Handler); 2833 2834 StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc, 2835 Expr *FilterExpr, 2836 Stmt *Block); 2837 2838 StmtResult ActOnSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc, 2839 Stmt *Block); 2840 2841 void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock); 2842 2843 bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const; 2844 2845 /// \brief If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track 2846 /// of it. 2847 void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D); 2848 2849 /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression 2850 /// whose result is unused, warn. 2851 void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S); 2852 void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND); 2853 2854 /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null 2855 /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line. 2856 /// 2857 /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as: 2858 /// if (condition); 2859 /// do_stuff(); 2860 void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc, 2861 const Stmt *Body, 2862 unsigned DiagID); 2863 2864 /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by 2865 /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body. 2866 void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S, 2867 const Stmt *PossibleBody); 2868 2869 ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { 2870 return DelayedDiagnostics.push(pool); 2871 } 2872 void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl); 2873 2874 typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState; 2875 ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() { 2876 return DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed(); 2877 } 2878 void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) { 2879 DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(state); 2880 } 2881 2882 void redelayDiagnostics(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool); 2883 2884 void EmitDeprecationWarning(NamedDecl *D, StringRef Message, 2885 SourceLocation Loc, 2886 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass, 2887 const ObjCPropertyDecl *ObjCProperty); 2888 2889 void HandleDelayedDeprecationCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); 2890 2891 bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc, 2892 StringRef message); 2893 2894 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 2895 // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp. 2896 2897 bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D); 2898 bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 2899 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass=0); 2900 void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD); 2901 std::string getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD); 2902 bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD, 2903 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter, 2904 SourceLocation Loc); 2905 void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 2906 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs); 2907 2908 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 2909 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0, 2910 bool IsDecltype = false); 2911 enum ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t { ReuseLambdaContextDecl }; 2912 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 2913 ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t, 2914 bool IsDecltype = false); 2915 void PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 2916 2917 void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 2918 2919 ExprResult TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E); 2920 ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E); 2921 2922 ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res); 2923 2924 // Functions for marking a declaration referenced. These functions also 2925 // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or 2926 // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense). There are separate variants 2927 // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking 2928 // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the 2929 // named expressions. 2930 void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D, bool OdrUse); 2931 void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func); 2932 void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var); 2933 void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E); 2934 void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E); 2935 2936 void UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E); 2937 void CleanupVarDeclMarking(); 2938 2939 enum TryCaptureKind { 2940 TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef 2941 }; 2942 2943 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. 2944 /// 2945 /// \param Var The variable to capture. 2946 /// 2947 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs. 2948 /// 2949 /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a 2950 /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda). 2951 /// 2952 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in 2953 /// an explicit lambda capture. 2954 /// 2955 /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the 2956 /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether 2957 /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining 2958 /// if the variable cannot be captured. 2959 /// 2960 /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture 2961 /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the 2962 /// variable can be captured. 2963 /// 2964 /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a reference to the capture 2965 /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be 2966 /// captured. 2967 /// 2968 /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be 2969 /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded. 2970 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind, 2971 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose, 2972 QualType &CaptureType, 2973 QualType &DeclRefType); 2974 2975 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. 2976 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, 2977 TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit, 2978 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation()); 2979 2980 /// \brief Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that 2981 /// variable will have in the given scope. 2982 QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc); 2983 2984 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T); 2985 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E, 2986 bool SkipLocalVariables = false); 2987 2988 /// \brief Try to recover by turning the given expression into a 2989 /// call. Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was 2990 /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid. 2991 bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD, 2992 bool ForceComplain = false, 2993 bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = 0); 2994 2995 /// \brief Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call. 2996 bool isExprCallable(const Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy, 2997 UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads); 2998 2999 /// \brief Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current 3000 /// evaluation context. 3001 /// 3002 /// \param Statement If Statement is non-null, delay reporting the 3003 /// diagnostic until the function body is parsed, and then do a basic 3004 /// reachability analysis to determine if the statement is reachable. 3005 /// If it is unreachable, the diagnostic will not be emitted. 3006 bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement, 3007 const PartialDiagnostic &PD); 3008 3009 // Primary Expressions. 3010 SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const; 3011 3012 ExprResult ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3013 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3014 UnqualifiedId &Id, 3015 bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand, 3016 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0); 3017 3018 void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id, 3019 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer, 3020 DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3021 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs); 3022 3023 bool DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R, 3024 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, 3025 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0, 3026 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = ArrayRef<Expr *>()); 3027 3028 ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S, 3029 IdentifierInfo *II, 3030 bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false); 3031 3032 ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3033 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3034 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3035 bool isAddressOfOperand, 3036 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3037 3038 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, 3039 ExprValueKind VK, 3040 SourceLocation Loc, 3041 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 3042 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, 3043 ExprValueKind VK, 3044 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3045 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0, 3046 NamedDecl *FoundD = 0); 3047 ExprResult 3048 BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3049 SourceLocation nameLoc, 3050 IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField, 3051 Expr *baseObjectExpr = 0, 3052 SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation()); 3053 ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3054 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3055 LookupResult &R, 3056 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3057 ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3058 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3059 LookupResult &R, 3060 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 3061 bool IsDefiniteInstance); 3062 bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3063 const LookupResult &R, 3064 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3065 3066 ExprResult BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3067 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3068 bool IsAddressOfOperand); 3069 ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3070 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3071 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3072 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3073 3074 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3075 LookupResult &R, 3076 bool NeedsADL); 3077 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3078 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3079 NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl *FoundD = 0); 3080 3081 ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R, 3082 DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo, 3083 ArrayRef<Expr*> Args, 3084 SourceLocation LitEndLoc, 3085 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0); 3086 3087 ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3088 ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val); 3089 ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0); 3090 ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0); 3091 ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E); 3092 ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L, 3093 SourceLocation R, 3094 MultiExprArg Val); 3095 3096 /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string 3097 /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). 3098 ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks, 3099 Scope *UDLScope = 0); 3100 3101 ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, 3102 SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 3103 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3104 Expr *ControllingExpr, 3105 MultiTypeArg ArgTypes, 3106 MultiExprArg ArgExprs); 3107 ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, 3108 SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 3109 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3110 Expr *ControllingExpr, 3111 TypeSourceInfo **Types, 3112 Expr **Exprs, 3113 unsigned NumAssocs); 3114 3115 // Binary/Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator. 3116 ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc, 3117 Expr *InputExpr); 3118 ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3119 UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input); 3120 ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3121 tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input); 3122 3123 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3124 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3125 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, 3126 SourceRange R); 3127 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3128 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3129 ExprResult 3130 ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3131 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, 3132 bool IsType, void *TyOrEx, 3133 const SourceRange &ArgRange); 3134 3135 ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E); 3136 bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E); 3137 3138 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3139 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3140 SourceRange ExprRange, 3141 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3142 ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S, 3143 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3144 IdentifierInfo &Name, 3145 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3146 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3147 ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3148 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input); 3149 3150 ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 3151 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); 3152 ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 3153 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); 3154 3155 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3156 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, 3157 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3158 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3159 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3160 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3161 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3162 3163 // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow 3164 // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after 3165 // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the 3166 // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class 3167 // defines a custom operator->). 3168 struct ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs { 3169 Scope *S; 3170 UnqualifiedId &Id; 3171 Decl *ObjCImpDecl; 3172 bool HasTrailingLParen; 3173 }; 3174 3175 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3176 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, 3177 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3178 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3179 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3180 LookupResult &R, 3181 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 3182 bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false, 3183 ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = 0); 3184 3185 ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow); 3186 ExprResult LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, ExprResult &Base, 3187 bool &IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3188 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3189 Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 3190 bool HasTemplateArgs); 3191 3192 bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType, 3193 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3194 const LookupResult &R); 3195 3196 ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3197 bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3198 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3199 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3200 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3201 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3202 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3203 3204 ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 3205 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3206 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3207 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3208 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3209 UnqualifiedId &Member, 3210 Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 3211 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3212 3213 void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl); 3214 bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn, 3215 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 3216 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 3217 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 3218 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3219 bool ExecConfig = false); 3220 void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc, 3221 ParmVarDecl *Param, 3222 const Expr *ArgExpr); 3223 3224 /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments. 3225 /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma 3226 /// locations. 3227 ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3228 MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3229 Expr *ExecConfig = 0, bool IsExecConfig = false); 3230 ExprResult BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl, 3231 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3232 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 3233 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3234 Expr *Config = 0, 3235 bool IsExecConfig = false); 3236 3237 ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc, 3238 MultiExprArg ExecConfig, 3239 SourceLocation GGGLoc); 3240 3241 ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3242 Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty, 3243 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr); 3244 ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3245 TypeSourceInfo *Ty, 3246 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3247 Expr *Op); 3248 CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType); 3249 3250 /// \brief Build an altivec or OpenCL literal. 3251 ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3252 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E, 3253 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 3254 3255 ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME); 3256 3257 ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3258 ParsedType Ty, 3259 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3260 Expr *InitExpr); 3261 3262 ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3263 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3264 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3265 Expr *LiteralExpr); 3266 3267 ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 3268 MultiExprArg InitArgList, 3269 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 3270 3271 ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig, 3272 SourceLocation Loc, 3273 bool GNUSyntax, 3274 ExprResult Init); 3275 3276 ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc, 3277 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3278 ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3279 BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3280 ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, 3281 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3282 3283 /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null 3284 /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension. 3285 ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc, 3286 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 3287 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3288 3289 /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo". 3290 ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc, 3291 LabelDecl *TheDecl); 3292 3293 void ActOnStartStmtExpr(); 3294 ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt, 3295 SourceLocation RPLoc); // "({..})" 3296 void ActOnStmtExprError(); 3297 3298 // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*) 3299 struct OffsetOfComponent { 3300 SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd; 3301 bool isBrackets; // true if [expr], false if .ident 3302 union { 3303 IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo; 3304 Expr *E; 3305 } U; 3306 }; 3307 3308 /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c) 3309 ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3310 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3311 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, 3312 unsigned NumComponents, 3313 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3314 ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S, 3315 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3316 SourceLocation TypeLoc, 3317 ParsedType ParsedArgTy, 3318 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, 3319 unsigned NumComponents, 3320 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3321 3322 // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2) 3323 ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3324 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, 3325 Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc); 3326 3327 // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type) 3328 ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty, 3329 SourceLocation RPLoc); 3330 ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, 3331 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc); 3332 3333 // __null 3334 ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc); 3335 3336 bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E); 3337 3338 /// \brief Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check. 3339 enum IfExistsResult { 3340 /// \brief The symbol exists. 3341 IER_Exists, 3342 3343 /// \brief The symbol does not exist. 3344 IER_DoesNotExist, 3345 3346 /// \brief The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ 3347 /// from one instantiation to the next. 3348 IER_Dependent, 3349 3350 /// \brief An error occurred. 3351 IER_Error 3352 }; 3353 3354 IfExistsResult 3355 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3356 const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo); 3357 3358 IfExistsResult 3359 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3360 bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3361 UnqualifiedId &Name); 3362 3363 StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3364 bool IsIfExists, 3365 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, 3366 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo, 3367 Stmt *Nested); 3368 StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3369 bool IsIfExists, 3370 CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name, 3371 Stmt *Nested); 3372 3373 //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===// 3374 3375 /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is 3376 /// started. 3377 void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); 3378 3379 /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments. 3380 /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked. 3381 void ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo, 3382 Scope *CurScope); 3383 3384 /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback 3385 /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl. 3386 void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); 3387 3388 /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement 3389 /// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...} 3390 ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body, 3391 Scope *CurScope); 3392 3393 //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===// 3394 3395 /// __builtin_astype(...) 3396 ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy, 3397 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3398 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3399 3400 //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===// 3401 3402 // Act on C++ namespaces 3403 Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc, 3404 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, 3405 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3406 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 3407 SourceLocation LBrace, 3408 AttributeList *AttrList); 3409 void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace); 3410 3411 NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const; 3412 NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace(); 3413 3414 CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const; 3415 3416 /// \brief Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if 3417 /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element. 3418 bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element); 3419 3420 /// \brief Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it 3421 /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found. 3422 /// 3423 /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error. 3424 QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc); 3425 3426 /// \brief Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as 3427 /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2. 3428 bool isInitListConstructor(const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor); 3429 3430 Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope, 3431 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3432 SourceLocation NamespcLoc, 3433 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3434 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3435 IdentifierInfo *NamespcName, 3436 AttributeList *AttrList); 3437 3438 void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir); 3439 3440 Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope, 3441 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, 3442 SourceLocation AliasLoc, 3443 IdentifierInfo *Alias, 3444 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3445 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3446 IdentifierInfo *Ident); 3447 3448 void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow); 3449 bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(UsingDecl *UD, NamedDecl *Target, 3450 const LookupResult &PreviousDecls); 3451 UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingDecl *UD, 3452 NamedDecl *Target); 3453 3454 bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3455 bool isTypeName, 3456 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3457 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3458 const LookupResult &Previous); 3459 bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3460 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3461 SourceLocation NameLoc); 3462 3463 NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3464 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3465 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3466 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3467 AttributeList *AttrList, 3468 bool IsInstantiation, 3469 bool IsTypeName, 3470 SourceLocation TypenameLoc); 3471 3472 bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD); 3473 3474 Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, 3475 AccessSpecifier AS, 3476 bool HasUsingKeyword, 3477 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3478 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3479 UnqualifiedId &Name, 3480 AttributeList *AttrList, 3481 bool IsTypeName, 3482 SourceLocation TypenameLoc); 3483 Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, 3484 AccessSpecifier AS, 3485 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3486 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3487 UnqualifiedId &Name, 3488 AttributeList *AttrList, 3489 TypeResult Type); 3490 3491 /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor, 3492 /// including handling of its default argument expressions. 3493 /// 3494 /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind 3495 ExprResult 3496 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, 3497 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs, 3498 bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization, 3499 bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind, 3500 SourceRange ParenRange); 3501 3502 // FIXME: Can re remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if 3503 // the constructor can be elidable? 3504 ExprResult 3505 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, 3506 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable, 3507 MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates, 3508 bool IsListInitialization, bool RequiresZeroInit, 3509 unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange); 3510 3511 /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating 3512 /// the default expr if needed. 3513 ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc, 3514 FunctionDecl *FD, 3515 ParmVarDecl *Param); 3516 3517 /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the 3518 /// constructed variable. 3519 void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType); 3520 3521 /// \brief Helper class that collects exception specifications for 3522 /// implicitly-declared special member functions. 3523 class ImplicitExceptionSpecification { 3524 // Pointer to allow copying 3525 Sema *Self; 3526 // We order exception specifications thus: 3527 // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++11. 3528 // throw() comes next. 3529 // Then a throw(collected exceptions) 3530 // Finally no specification, which is expressed as noexcept(false). 3531 // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it. 3532 ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST; 3533 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen; 3534 SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions; 3535 3536 void ClearExceptions() { 3537 ExceptionsSeen.clear(); 3538 Exceptions.clear(); 3539 } 3540 3541 public: 3542 explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self) 3543 : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) { 3544 if (!Self.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 3545 ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone; 3546 } 3547 3548 /// \brief Get the computed exception specification type. 3549 ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const { 3550 assert(ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept && 3551 "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result"); 3552 return ComputedEST; 3553 } 3554 3555 /// \brief The number of exceptions in the exception specification. 3556 unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); } 3557 3558 /// \brief The set of exceptions in the exception specification. 3559 const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); } 3560 3561 /// \brief Integrate another called method into the collected data. 3562 void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, const CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3563 3564 /// \brief Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data. 3565 void CalledExpr(Expr *E); 3566 3567 /// \brief Overwrite an EPI's exception specification with this 3568 /// computed exception specification. 3569 void getEPI(FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const { 3570 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = getExceptionSpecType(); 3571 if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Dynamic) { 3572 EPI.NumExceptions = size(); 3573 EPI.Exceptions = data(); 3574 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_None) { 3575 /// C++11 [except.spec]p14: 3576 /// The exception-specification is noexcept(false) if the set of 3577 /// potential exceptions of the special member function contains "any" 3578 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_ComputedNoexcept; 3579 EPI.NoexceptExpr = Self->ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation(), 3580 tok::kw_false).take(); 3581 } 3582 } 3583 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo getEPI() const { 3584 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 3585 getEPI(EPI); 3586 return EPI; 3587 } 3588 }; 3589 3590 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3591 /// copy constructor of a class will have. 3592 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3593 ComputeDefaultedDefaultCtorExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, 3594 CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3595 3596 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3597 /// default constructor of a class will have, and whether the parameter 3598 /// will be const. 3599 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3600 ComputeDefaultedCopyCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3601 3602 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defautled 3603 /// copy assignment operator of a class will have, and whether the 3604 /// parameter will be const. 3605 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3606 ComputeDefaultedCopyAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3607 3608 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move 3609 /// constructor of a class will have. 3610 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3611 ComputeDefaultedMoveCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3612 3613 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move 3614 /// assignment operator of a class will have. 3615 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3616 ComputeDefaultedMoveAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3617 3618 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3619 /// destructor of a class will have. 3620 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3621 ComputeDefaultedDtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3622 3623 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification an inheriting 3624 /// constructor of a class will have. 3625 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3626 ComputeInheritingCtorExceptionSpec(CXXConstructorDecl *CD); 3627 3628 /// \brief Evaluate the implicit exception specification for a defaulted 3629 /// special member function. 3630 void EvaluateImplicitExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3631 3632 /// \brief Check the given exception-specification and update the 3633 /// extended prototype information with the results. 3634 void checkExceptionSpecification(ExceptionSpecificationType EST, 3635 ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions, 3636 ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges, 3637 Expr *NoexceptExpr, 3638 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions, 3639 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI); 3640 3641 /// \brief Determine if a special member function should have a deleted 3642 /// definition when it is defaulted. 3643 bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, 3644 bool Diagnose = false); 3645 3646 /// \brief Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class. 3647 /// 3648 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3649 /// default constructor will be added. 3650 /// 3651 /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor. 3652 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor( 3653 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3654 3655 /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3656 /// defining this constructor as the default constructor. 3657 void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3658 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3659 3660 /// \brief Declare the implicit destructor for the given class. 3661 /// 3662 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3663 /// destructor will be added. 3664 /// 3665 /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor. 3666 CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3667 3668 /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of 3669 /// defining this destructor as the default destructor. 3670 void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3671 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 3672 3673 /// \brief Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one. 3674 /// 3675 /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one 3676 /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared. 3677 void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, 3678 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 3679 3680 /// \brief Declare all inheriting constructors for the given class. 3681 /// 3682 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the inheriting 3683 /// constructors will be added. 3684 void DeclareInheritingConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3685 3686 /// \brief Define the specified inheriting constructor. 3687 void DefineInheritingConstructor(SourceLocation UseLoc, 3688 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3689 3690 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class. 3691 /// 3692 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3693 /// copy constructor will be added. 3694 /// 3695 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor. 3696 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3697 3698 /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3699 /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor. 3700 void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3701 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3702 3703 /// \brief Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class. 3704 /// 3705 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit 3706 /// move constructor will be added. 3707 /// 3708 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't 3709 /// declared. 3710 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3711 3712 /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3713 /// defining this constructor as the move constructor. 3714 void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3715 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3716 3717 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class. 3718 /// 3719 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3720 /// copy assignment operator will be added. 3721 /// 3722 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. 3723 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3724 3725 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. 3726 void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3727 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); 3728 3729 /// \brief Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class. 3730 /// 3731 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit 3732 /// move assignment operator will be added. 3733 /// 3734 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it 3735 /// wasn't declared. 3736 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3737 3738 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator. 3739 void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3740 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); 3741 3742 /// \brief Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this 3743 /// class. 3744 void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 3745 3746 /// \brief Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted 3747 /// special member function. 3748 bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD); 3749 3750 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member 3751 /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be. 3752 /// 3753 /// \returns true if an error occurred. 3754 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3755 3756 /// \brief Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static 3757 /// member function. 3758 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3759 3760 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given 3761 /// static member function. 3762 /// 3763 /// \returns true if an error occurred. 3764 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3765 3766 /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with 3767 /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise 3768 /// it simply returns the passed in expression. 3769 ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E); 3770 3771 bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 3772 MultiExprArg ArgsPtr, 3773 SourceLocation Loc, 3774 SmallVectorImpl<Expr*> &ConvertedArgs, 3775 bool AllowExplicit = false, 3776 bool IsListInitialization = false); 3777 3778 ParsedType getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3779 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3780 IdentifierInfo &Name); 3781 3782 ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3783 IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 3784 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3785 ParsedType ObjectType, 3786 bool EnteringContext); 3787 3788 ParsedType getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType); 3789 3790 // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior. 3791 void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType, 3792 bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range); 3793 3794 /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const}_cast's. 3795 ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3796 tok::TokenKind Kind, 3797 SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc, 3798 Declarator &D, 3799 SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc, 3800 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3801 Expr *E, 3802 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3803 3804 ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3805 tok::TokenKind Kind, 3806 TypeSourceInfo *Ty, 3807 Expr *E, 3808 SourceRange AngleBrackets, 3809 SourceRange Parens); 3810 3811 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 3812 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3813 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 3814 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3815 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 3816 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3817 Expr *Operand, 3818 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3819 3820 /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ). 3821 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3822 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, 3823 void *TyOrExpr, 3824 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3825 3826 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 3827 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3828 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 3829 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3830 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 3831 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3832 Expr *Operand, 3833 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3834 3835 /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ). 3836 ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3837 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, 3838 void *TyOrExpr, 3839 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3840 3841 3842 //// ActOnCXXThis - Parse 'this' pointer. 3843 ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc); 3844 3845 /// \brief Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer. 3846 /// 3847 /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type. 3848 QualType getCurrentThisType(); 3849 3850 /// \brief When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the 3851 /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases, 3852 /// this provides the type used for 'this'. 3853 QualType CXXThisTypeOverride; 3854 3855 /// \brief RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression 3856 /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type. 3857 class CXXThisScopeRAII { 3858 Sema &S; 3859 QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride; 3860 bool Enabled; 3861 3862 public: 3863 /// \brief Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled), 3864 /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a 3865 /// class) along with the given qualifiers. 3866 /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'. 3867 CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals, 3868 bool Enabled = true); 3869 3870 ~CXXThisScopeRAII(); 3871 }; 3872 3873 /// \brief Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current 3874 /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context. 3875 /// 3876 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs. 3877 /// 3878 /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda 3879 /// capture list. 3880 void CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false); 3881 3882 /// \brief Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used 3883 /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently 3884 /// being defined. 3885 bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType); 3886 3887 /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals. 3888 ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3889 3890 3891 /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals. 3892 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3893 3894 /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'. 3895 ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc); 3896 3897 //// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions. 3898 ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr); 3899 ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex, 3900 bool IsThrownVarInScope); 3901 ExprResult CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, Expr *E, 3902 bool IsThrownVarInScope); 3903 3904 /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type. 3905 /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)") 3906 /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)") 3907 /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()"). 3908 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep, 3909 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3910 MultiExprArg Exprs, 3911 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3912 3913 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type, 3914 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3915 MultiExprArg Exprs, 3916 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3917 3918 /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression. 3919 ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, 3920 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 3921 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 3922 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 3923 SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D, 3924 Expr *Initializer); 3925 ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal, 3926 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 3927 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 3928 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 3929 SourceRange TypeIdParens, 3930 QualType AllocType, 3931 TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo, 3932 Expr *ArraySize, 3933 SourceRange DirectInitRange, 3934 Expr *Initializer, 3935 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true); 3936 3937 bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc, 3938 SourceRange R); 3939 bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 3940 bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, bool IsArray, 3941 Expr **PlaceArgs, unsigned NumPlaceArgs, 3942 FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew, 3943 FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete); 3944 bool FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 3945 DeclarationName Name, Expr** Args, 3946 unsigned NumArgs, DeclContext *Ctx, 3947 bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator, 3948 bool Diagnose = true); 3949 void DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); 3950 void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return, 3951 QualType Argument, 3952 bool addMallocAttr = false); 3953 3954 bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD, 3955 DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator, 3956 bool Diagnose = true); 3957 3958 /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression 3959 ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, 3960 bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm, 3961 Expr *Operand); 3962 3963 DeclResult ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 3964 ExprResult CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar, 3965 SourceLocation StmtLoc, 3966 bool ConvertToBoolean); 3967 3968 ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen, 3969 Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen); 3970 ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand, 3971 SourceLocation RParen); 3972 3973 /// ActOnUnaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support 3974 /// pseudo-functions. 3975 ExprResult ActOnUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT, 3976 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3977 ParsedType Ty, 3978 SourceLocation RParen); 3979 3980 ExprResult BuildUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT, 3981 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3982 TypeSourceInfo *T, 3983 SourceLocation RParen); 3984 3985 /// ActOnBinaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support 3986 /// pseudo-functions. 3987 ExprResult ActOnBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait OTT, 3988 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3989 ParsedType LhsTy, 3990 ParsedType RhsTy, 3991 SourceLocation RParen); 3992 3993 ExprResult BuildBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait BTT, 3994 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3995 TypeSourceInfo *LhsT, 3996 TypeSourceInfo *RhsT, 3997 SourceLocation RParen); 3998 3999 /// \brief Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions. 4000 ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 4001 ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args, 4002 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4003 ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 4004 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, 4005 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4006 4007 /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support 4008 /// pseudo-functions. 4009 ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 4010 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4011 ParsedType LhsTy, 4012 Expr *DimExpr, 4013 SourceLocation RParen); 4014 4015 ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 4016 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4017 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 4018 Expr *DimExpr, 4019 SourceLocation RParen); 4020 4021 /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support 4022 /// pseudo-functions. 4023 ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, 4024 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4025 Expr *Queried, 4026 SourceLocation RParen); 4027 4028 ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, 4029 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4030 Expr *Queried, 4031 SourceLocation RParen); 4032 4033 ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, 4034 Expr *Base, 4035 SourceLocation OpLoc, 4036 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 4037 ParsedType &ObjectType, 4038 bool &MayBePseudoDestructor); 4039 4040 ExprResult DiagnoseDtorReference(SourceLocation NameLoc, Expr *MemExpr); 4041 4042 ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base, 4043 SourceLocation OpLoc, 4044 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 4045 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4046 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType, 4047 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4048 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 4049 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType, 4050 bool HasTrailingLParen); 4051 4052 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 4053 SourceLocation OpLoc, 4054 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 4055 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4056 UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName, 4057 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4058 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 4059 UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName, 4060 bool HasTrailingLParen); 4061 4062 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 4063 SourceLocation OpLoc, 4064 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 4065 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 4066 const DeclSpec& DS, 4067 bool HasTrailingLParen); 4068 4069 /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression 4070 /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node. 4071 /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression. 4072 Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr); 4073 Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt); 4074 ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr); 4075 4076 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr) { 4077 return ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr, Expr ? Expr->getExprLoc() 4078 : SourceLocation()); 4079 } 4080 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, SourceLocation CC, 4081 bool DiscardedValue = false, 4082 bool IsConstexpr = false); 4083 StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt); 4084 4085 // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type. 4086 bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC); 4087 4088 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T); 4089 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4090 bool EnteringContext = false); 4091 bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4092 CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); 4093 bool isUnknownSpecialization(const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4094 4095 /// \brief The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'. 4096 /// 4097 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 4098 /// 4099 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 4100 /// 4101 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place 4102 /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier. 4103 /// 4104 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4105 bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation CCLoc, 4106 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4107 4108 bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(const NamedDecl *SD); 4109 NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); 4110 4111 bool isNonTypeNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4112 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4113 IdentifierInfo &II, 4114 ParsedType ObjectType); 4115 4116 bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4117 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4118 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4119 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4120 QualType ObjectType, 4121 bool EnteringContext, 4122 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4123 NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult, 4124 bool ErrorRecoveryLookup); 4125 4126 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'. 4127 /// 4128 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 4129 /// 4130 /// \param Identifier The identifier preceding the '::'. 4131 /// 4132 /// \param IdentifierLoc The location of the identifier. 4133 /// 4134 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 4135 /// 4136 /// \param ObjectType The type of the object, if we're parsing 4137 /// nested-name-specifier in a member access expression. 4138 /// 4139 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by 4140 /// this nested-name-specifier. 4141 /// 4142 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input 4143 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an 4144 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, 4145 /// including this new type). 4146 /// 4147 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4148 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4149 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4150 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4151 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4152 ParsedType ObjectType, 4153 bool EnteringContext, 4154 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4155 4156 ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E); 4157 4158 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4159 const DeclSpec &DS, 4160 SourceLocation ColonColonLoc); 4161 4162 bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4163 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4164 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4165 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4166 ParsedType ObjectType, 4167 bool EnteringContext); 4168 4169 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 4170 /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'. 4171 /// 4172 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 4173 /// 4174 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input 4175 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an 4176 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, 4177 /// including this new type). 4178 /// 4179 /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. 4180 /// \param TemplateName the template name. 4181 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. 4182 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). 4183 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. 4184 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). 4185 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 4186 /// 4187 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the 4188 /// nested-name-specifier. 4189 /// 4190 /// 4191 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4192 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4193 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4194 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4195 TemplateTy TemplateName, 4196 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4197 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4198 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4199 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4200 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4201 bool EnteringContext); 4202 4203 /// \brief Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value 4204 /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given 4205 /// nested-name-specifier. 4206 /// 4207 /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier. 4208 /// 4209 /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the 4210 /// nested-name-specifier \p SS. 4211 void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4212 4213 /// \brief Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore 4214 /// the nested-name-specifier structure. 4215 /// 4216 /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by 4217 /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(). 4218 /// 4219 /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation. 4220 /// 4221 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents 4222 /// of the annotation pointer. 4223 void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation, 4224 SourceRange AnnotationRange, 4225 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4226 4227 bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4228 4229 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global 4230 /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id. 4231 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be 4232 /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and 4233 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called. 4234 /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec. 4235 bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4236 4237 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously 4238 /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same 4239 /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well. 4240 /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the 4241 /// defining scope. 4242 void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4243 4244 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an 4245 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. 4246 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a 4247 /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of 4248 /// class X. 4249 void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); 4250 4251 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an 4252 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. 4253 void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); 4254 4255 /// \brief Create a new lambda closure type. 4256 CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4257 TypeSourceInfo *Info, 4258 bool KnownDependent); 4259 4260 /// \brief Start the definition of a lambda expression. 4261 CXXMethodDecl *startLambdaDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4262 SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4263 TypeSourceInfo *MethodType, 4264 SourceLocation EndLoc, 4265 ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params); 4266 4267 /// \brief Introduce the scope for a lambda expression. 4268 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *enterLambdaScope(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 4269 SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4270 LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault, 4271 bool ExplicitParams, 4272 bool ExplicitResultType, 4273 bool Mutable); 4274 4275 /// \brief Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the 4276 /// given lambda. 4277 void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI); 4278 4279 /// \brief Introduce the lambda parameters into scope. 4280 void addLambdaParameters(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, Scope *CurScope); 4281 4282 /// \brief Deduce a block or lambda's return type based on the return 4283 /// statements present in the body. 4284 void deduceClosureReturnType(sema::CapturingScopeInfo &CSI); 4285 4286 /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start 4287 /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and 4288 /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the 4289 /// lambda. 4290 void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro, 4291 Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope); 4292 4293 /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback 4294 /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda. 4295 void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope, 4296 bool IsInstantiation = false); 4297 4298 /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression 4299 /// was successfully completed. 4300 ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body, 4301 Scope *CurScope, 4302 bool IsInstantiation = false); 4303 4304 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a 4305 /// function pointer. 4306 /// 4307 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills 4308 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into 4309 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the 4310 /// block pointer conversion. 4311 void DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion( 4312 SourceLocation CurrentLoc, CXXConversionDecl *Conv); 4313 4314 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a 4315 /// block pointer. 4316 /// 4317 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills 4318 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into 4319 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the 4320 /// block pointer conversion. 4321 void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc, 4322 CXXConversionDecl *Conv); 4323 4324 ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 4325 SourceLocation ConvLocation, 4326 CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 4327 Expr *Src); 4328 4329 // ParseObjCStringLiteral - Parse Objective-C string literals. 4330 ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs, 4331 Expr **Strings, 4332 unsigned NumStrings); 4333 4334 ExprResult BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S); 4335 4336 /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the 4337 /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *" 4338 /// or "id" if NSNumber is unavailable. 4339 ExprResult BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number); 4340 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ValueLoc, 4341 bool Value); 4342 ExprResult BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements); 4343 4344 /// BuildObjCBoxedExpr - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the 4345 /// '@' prefixed parenthesized expression. The type of the expression will 4346 /// either be "NSNumber *" or "NSString *" depending on the type of 4347 /// ValueType, which is allowed to be a built-in numeric type or 4348 /// "char *" or "const char *". 4349 ExprResult BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr); 4350 4351 ExprResult BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr, 4352 Expr *IndexExpr, 4353 ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod, 4354 ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod); 4355 4356 ExprResult BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR, 4357 ObjCDictionaryElement *Elements, 4358 unsigned NumElements); 4359 4360 ExprResult BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, 4361 TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo, 4362 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4363 ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 4364 CXXConversionDecl *Method, 4365 bool HadMultipleCandidates); 4366 4367 ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, 4368 SourceLocation EncodeLoc, 4369 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4370 ParsedType Ty, 4371 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4372 4373 /// ParseObjCSelectorExpression - Build selector expression for \@selector 4374 ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel, 4375 SourceLocation AtLoc, 4376 SourceLocation SelLoc, 4377 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4378 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4379 4380 /// ParseObjCProtocolExpression - Build protocol expression for \@protocol 4381 ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo * ProtocolName, 4382 SourceLocation AtLoc, 4383 SourceLocation ProtoLoc, 4384 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4385 SourceLocation ProtoIdLoc, 4386 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4387 4388 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4389 // C++ Declarations 4390 // 4391 Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, 4392 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4393 SourceLocation LangLoc, 4394 StringRef Lang, 4395 SourceLocation LBraceLoc); 4396 Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, 4397 Decl *LinkageSpec, 4398 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 4399 4400 4401 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4402 // C++ Classes 4403 // 4404 bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S, 4405 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 4406 4407 bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access, 4408 SourceLocation ASLoc, 4409 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4410 AttributeList *Attrs = 0); 4411 4412 NamedDecl *ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 4413 Declarator &D, 4414 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4415 Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS, 4416 InClassInitStyle InitStyle); 4417 void ActOnCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl, SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4418 Expr *Init); 4419 4420 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4421 Scope *S, 4422 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4423 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4424 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4425 const DeclSpec &DS, 4426 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4427 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4428 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 4429 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 4430 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4431 4432 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4433 Scope *S, 4434 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4435 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4436 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4437 const DeclSpec &DS, 4438 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4439 Expr *InitList, 4440 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4441 4442 MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4443 Scope *S, 4444 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4445 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4446 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4447 const DeclSpec &DS, 4448 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4449 Expr *Init, 4450 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4451 4452 MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member, 4453 Expr *Init, 4454 SourceLocation IdLoc); 4455 4456 MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType, 4457 TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo, 4458 Expr *Init, 4459 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, 4460 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4461 4462 MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4463 Expr *Init, 4464 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4465 4466 bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 4467 CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer); 4468 4469 bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool AnyErrors, 4470 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers = 4471 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *>()); 4472 4473 void SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation); 4474 4475 4476 /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl, 4477 /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as 4478 /// referenced. 4479 void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, 4480 CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4481 4482 /// \brief The list of classes whose vtables have been used within 4483 /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the 4484 /// first use occurred. 4485 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, SourceLocation> VTableUse; 4486 4487 /// \brief The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been 4488 /// materialized. 4489 SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses; 4490 4491 /// \brief The set of classes whose vtables have been used within 4492 /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is 4493 /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed 4494 /// by code generation). 4495 llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed; 4496 4497 /// \brief Load any externally-stored vtable uses. 4498 void LoadExternalVTableUses(); 4499 4500 typedef LazyVector<CXXRecordDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 4501 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDynamicClasses, 2, 2> 4502 DynamicClassesType; 4503 4504 /// \brief A list of all of the dynamic classes in this translation 4505 /// unit. 4506 DynamicClassesType DynamicClasses; 4507 4508 /// \brief Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the 4509 /// given location. 4510 void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4511 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 4512 4513 /// \brief Mark the exception specifications of all virtual member functions 4514 /// in the given class as needed. 4515 void MarkVirtualMemberExceptionSpecsNeeded(SourceLocation Loc, 4516 const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4517 4518 /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given 4519 /// CXXRecordDecl referenced. 4520 void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, 4521 const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4522 4523 /// \brief Define all of the vtables that have been used in this 4524 /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those 4525 /// vtables. 4526 /// 4527 /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise. 4528 bool DefineUsedVTables(); 4529 4530 void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4531 4532 void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl, 4533 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4534 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer*> MemInits, 4535 bool AnyErrors); 4536 4537 void CheckCompletedCXXClass(CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4538 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope* S, SourceLocation RLoc, 4539 Decl *TagDecl, 4540 SourceLocation LBrac, 4541 SourceLocation RBrac, 4542 AttributeList *AttrList); 4543 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDecls(); 4544 4545 void ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Scope *S, Decl *Template); 4546 void ActOnReenterDeclaratorTemplateScope(Scope *S, DeclaratorDecl *D); 4547 void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); 4548 void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); 4549 void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param); 4550 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); 4551 void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); 4552 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record); 4553 void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, bool Flag = true); 4554 bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction(); 4555 4556 Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, 4557 Expr *AssertExpr, 4558 Expr *AssertMessageExpr, 4559 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4560 Decl *BuildStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, 4561 Expr *AssertExpr, 4562 StringLiteral *AssertMessageExpr, 4563 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 4564 bool Failed); 4565 4566 FriendDecl *CheckFriendTypeDecl(SourceLocation LocStart, 4567 SourceLocation FriendLoc, 4568 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo); 4569 Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 4570 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 4571 NamedDecl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4572 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 4573 4574 QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, 4575 StorageClass& SC); 4576 void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 4577 QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, 4578 StorageClass& SC); 4579 bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 4580 void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R, 4581 StorageClass& SC); 4582 Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion); 4583 4584 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 4585 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD, 4586 const FunctionProtoType *T); 4587 void CheckDelayedExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs(); 4588 4589 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4590 // C++ Derived Classes 4591 // 4592 4593 /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier 4594 CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4595 SourceRange SpecifierRange, 4596 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, 4597 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4598 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4599 4600 BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl, 4601 SourceRange SpecifierRange, 4602 ParsedAttributes &Attrs, 4603 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, 4604 ParsedType basetype, 4605 SourceLocation BaseLoc, 4606 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4607 4608 bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases, 4609 unsigned NumBases); 4610 void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases, 4611 unsigned NumBases); 4612 4613 bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base); 4614 bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base, CXXBasePaths &Paths); 4615 4616 // FIXME: I don't like this name. 4617 void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath); 4618 4619 bool BasePathInvolvesVirtualBase(const CXXCastPath &BasePath); 4620 4621 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, 4622 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 4623 CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0, 4624 bool IgnoreAccess = false); 4625 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, 4626 unsigned InaccessibleBaseID, 4627 unsigned AmbigiousBaseConvID, 4628 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 4629 DeclarationName Name, 4630 CXXCastPath *BasePath); 4631 4632 std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths); 4633 4634 bool CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4635 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4636 4637 /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are 4638 /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5. 4639 bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4640 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4641 4642 /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception 4643 /// spec is a subset of base spec. 4644 bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4645 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4646 4647 bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange); 4648 4649 /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++11 override control semantics. 4650 void CheckOverrideControl(Decl *D); 4651 4652 /// CheckForFunctionMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member function 4653 /// overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to 4654 /// C++11 [class.virtual]p4. 4655 bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4656 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4657 4658 4659 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4660 // C++ Access Control 4661 // 4662 4663 enum AccessResult { 4664 AR_accessible, 4665 AR_inaccessible, 4666 AR_dependent, 4667 AR_delayed 4668 }; 4669 4670 bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl, 4671 NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl, 4672 AccessSpecifier LexicalAS); 4673 4674 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E, 4675 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4676 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E, 4677 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4678 AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc, 4679 SourceRange PlacementRange, 4680 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, 4681 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 4682 bool Diagnose = true); 4683 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4684 CXXConstructorDecl *D, 4685 const InitializedEntity &Entity, 4686 AccessSpecifier Access, 4687 bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false); 4688 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4689 CXXConstructorDecl *D, 4690 const InitializedEntity &Entity, 4691 AccessSpecifier Access, 4692 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag); 4693 AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4694 CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor, 4695 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, 4696 QualType objectType = QualType()); 4697 AccessResult CheckFriendAccess(NamedDecl *D); 4698 AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4699 Expr *ObjectExpr, 4700 Expr *ArgExpr, 4701 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4702 AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr, 4703 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4704 AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc, 4705 QualType Base, QualType Derived, 4706 const CXXBasePath &Path, 4707 unsigned DiagID, 4708 bool ForceCheck = false, 4709 bool ForceUnprivileged = false); 4710 void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R); 4711 bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *decl, DeclContext *Ctx); 4712 bool isSpecialMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXMethodDecl *decl, 4713 AccessSpecifier access, 4714 QualType objectType); 4715 4716 void HandleDependentAccessCheck(const DependentDiagnostic &DD, 4717 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 4718 void PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern, 4719 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 4720 4721 void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); 4722 4723 /// \brief When true, access checking violations are treated as SFINAE 4724 /// failures rather than hard errors. 4725 bool AccessCheckingSFINAE; 4726 4727 enum AbstractDiagSelID { 4728 AbstractNone = -1, 4729 AbstractReturnType, 4730 AbstractParamType, 4731 AbstractVariableType, 4732 AbstractFieldType, 4733 AbstractIvarType, 4734 AbstractArrayType 4735 }; 4736 4737 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4738 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 4739 template<typename T1> 4740 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4741 unsigned DiagID, 4742 const T1 &Arg1) { 4743 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 4744 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4745 } 4746 4747 template<typename T1, typename T2> 4748 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4749 unsigned DiagID, 4750 const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 4751 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 4752 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4753 } 4754 4755 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 4756 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4757 unsigned DiagID, 4758 const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) { 4759 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, Arg3); 4760 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4761 } 4762 4763 void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4764 4765 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID, 4766 AbstractDiagSelID SelID = AbstractNone); 4767 4768 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4769 // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5] 4770 // 4771 4772 bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); 4773 4774 bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); 4775 4776 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4777 // C++ Templates [C++ 14] 4778 // 4779 void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, 4780 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); 4781 bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, 4782 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); 4783 4784 void LookupTemplateName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4785 QualType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext, 4786 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); 4787 4788 TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S, 4789 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4790 bool hasTemplateKeyword, 4791 UnqualifiedId &Name, 4792 ParsedType ObjectType, 4793 bool EnteringContext, 4794 TemplateTy &Template, 4795 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); 4796 4797 bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 4798 SourceLocation IILoc, 4799 Scope *S, 4800 const CXXScopeSpec *SS, 4801 TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate, 4802 TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind); 4803 4804 void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl); 4805 TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl); 4806 4807 Decl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename, bool Ellipsis, 4808 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 4809 SourceLocation KeyLoc, 4810 IdentifierInfo *ParamName, 4811 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, 4812 unsigned Depth, unsigned Position, 4813 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4814 ParsedType DefaultArg); 4815 4816 QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 4817 Decl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4818 unsigned Depth, 4819 unsigned Position, 4820 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4821 Expr *DefaultArg); 4822 Decl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(Scope *S, 4823 SourceLocation TmpLoc, 4824 TemplateParameterList *Params, 4825 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 4826 IdentifierInfo *ParamName, 4827 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, 4828 unsigned Depth, 4829 unsigned Position, 4830 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4831 ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg); 4832 4833 TemplateParameterList * 4834 ActOnTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth, 4835 SourceLocation ExportLoc, 4836 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4837 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4838 Decl **Params, unsigned NumParams, 4839 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 4840 4841 /// \brief The context in which we are checking a template parameter 4842 /// list. 4843 enum TemplateParamListContext { 4844 TPC_ClassTemplate, 4845 TPC_FunctionTemplate, 4846 TPC_ClassTemplateMember, 4847 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate, 4848 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition, 4849 TPC_TypeAliasTemplate 4850 }; 4851 4852 bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams, 4853 TemplateParameterList *OldParams, 4854 TemplateParamListContext TPC); 4855 TemplateParameterList * 4856 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation DeclStartLoc, 4857 SourceLocation DeclLoc, 4858 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4859 TemplateParameterList **ParamLists, 4860 unsigned NumParamLists, 4861 bool IsFriend, 4862 bool &IsExplicitSpecialization, 4863 bool &Invalid); 4864 4865 DeclResult CheckClassTemplate(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 4866 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4867 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 4868 AttributeList *Attr, 4869 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, 4870 AccessSpecifier AS, 4871 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 4872 unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists, 4873 TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists); 4874 4875 void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In, 4876 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out); 4877 4878 void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name); 4879 4880 QualType CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Template, 4881 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4882 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs); 4883 4884 TypeResult 4885 ActOnTemplateIdType(CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4886 TemplateTy Template, SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4887 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4888 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4889 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4890 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false); 4891 4892 /// \brief Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id, 4893 /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>. 4894 TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK, 4895 TypeSpecifierType TagSpec, 4896 SourceLocation TagLoc, 4897 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4898 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4899 TemplateTy TemplateD, 4900 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4901 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4902 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn, 4903 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 4904 4905 4906 ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4907 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4908 LookupResult &R, 4909 bool RequiresADL, 4910 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 4911 4912 ExprResult BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4913 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4914 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 4915 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 4916 4917 TemplateNameKind ActOnDependentTemplateName(Scope *S, 4918 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4919 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4920 UnqualifiedId &Name, 4921 ParsedType ObjectType, 4922 bool EnteringContext, 4923 TemplateTy &Template); 4924 4925 DeclResult 4926 ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 4927 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4928 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 4929 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4930 TemplateTy Template, 4931 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4932 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4933 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4934 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4935 AttributeList *Attr, 4936 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); 4937 4938 Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S, 4939 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4940 Declarator &D); 4941 4942 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionTemplateDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, 4943 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4944 Declarator &D); 4945 4946 bool 4947 CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(SourceLocation NewLoc, 4948 TemplateSpecializationKind NewTSK, 4949 NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 4950 TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK, 4951 SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation, 4952 bool &SuppressNew); 4953 4954 bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, 4955 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, 4956 LookupResult &Previous); 4957 4958 bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, 4959 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 4960 LookupResult &Previous); 4961 bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous); 4962 4963 DeclResult 4964 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 4965 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4966 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4967 unsigned TagSpec, 4968 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4969 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4970 TemplateTy Template, 4971 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4972 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4973 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4974 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4975 AttributeList *Attr); 4976 4977 DeclResult 4978 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 4979 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4980 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4981 unsigned TagSpec, 4982 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4983 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4984 IdentifierInfo *Name, 4985 SourceLocation NameLoc, 4986 AttributeList *Attr); 4987 4988 DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 4989 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4990 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4991 Declarator &D); 4992 4993 TemplateArgumentLoc 4994 SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(TemplateDecl *Template, 4995 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4996 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4997 Decl *Param, 4998 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted); 4999 5000 /// \brief Specifies the context in which a particular template 5001 /// argument is being checked. 5002 enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind { 5003 /// \brief The template argument was specified in the code or was 5004 /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments. 5005 CTAK_Specified, 5006 5007 /// \brief The template argument was deduced via template argument 5008 /// deduction. 5009 CTAK_Deduced, 5010 5011 /// \brief The template argument was deduced from an array bound 5012 /// via template argument deduction. 5013 CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound 5014 }; 5015 5016 bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param, 5017 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 5018 NamedDecl *Template, 5019 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5020 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 5021 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex, 5022 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 5023 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); 5024 5025 /// \brief Check that the given template arguments can be be provided to 5026 /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way. 5027 /// 5028 /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being 5029 /// provided. 5030 /// 5031 /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source. 5032 /// 5033 /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is 5034 /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of 5035 /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template 5036 /// arguments. 5037 /// 5038 /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is 5039 /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial 5040 /// set of template arguments. 5041 /// 5042 /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template 5043 /// arguments. 5044 /// 5045 /// 5046 /// \param ExpansionIntoFixedList If non-NULL, will be set true to indicate 5047 /// when the template arguments contain a pack expansion that is being 5048 /// expanded into a fixed parameter list. 5049 /// 5050 /// \returns True if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5051 bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template, 5052 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5053 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs, 5054 bool PartialTemplateArgs, 5055 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 5056 bool *ExpansionIntoFixedList = 0); 5057 5058 bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, 5059 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 5060 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted); 5061 5062 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, 5063 TypeSourceInfo *Arg); 5064 ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5065 QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg, 5066 TemplateArgument &Converted, 5067 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); 5068 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5069 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 5070 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex); 5071 5072 ExprResult 5073 BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, 5074 QualType ParamType, 5075 SourceLocation Loc); 5076 ExprResult 5077 BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, 5078 SourceLocation Loc); 5079 5080 /// \brief Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared 5081 /// for equality. 5082 enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind { 5083 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates 5084 /// that might be redeclarations. 5085 /// 5086 /// \code 5087 /// template<typename T> struct X; 5088 /// template<typename T> struct X; 5089 /// \endcode 5090 TPL_TemplateMatch, 5091 5092 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two template 5093 /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists 5094 /// of two templates that might be redeclarations. 5095 /// 5096 /// \code 5097 /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X; 5098 /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X; 5099 /// \endcode 5100 TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch, 5101 5102 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of a template 5103 /// template argument against the template parameter lists of a template 5104 /// template parameter. 5105 /// 5106 /// \code 5107 /// template<template<int Value> class Metafun> struct X; 5108 /// template<int Value> struct integer_c; 5109 /// X<integer_c> xic; 5110 /// \endcode 5111 TPL_TemplateTemplateArgumentMatch 5112 }; 5113 5114 bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New, 5115 TemplateParameterList *Old, 5116 bool Complain, 5117 TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind, 5118 SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc 5119 = SourceLocation()); 5120 5121 bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams); 5122 5123 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename 5124 /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type". 5125 /// 5126 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. 5127 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword 5128 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). 5129 /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example). 5130 /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier. 5131 TypeResult 5132 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, 5133 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const IdentifierInfo &II, 5134 SourceLocation IdLoc); 5135 5136 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename 5137 /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g., 5138 /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>". 5139 /// 5140 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. 5141 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword 5142 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). 5143 /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. 5144 /// \param TemplateName The template name. 5145 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. 5146 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). 5147 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. 5148 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). 5149 TypeResult 5150 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, 5151 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5152 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5153 TemplateTy TemplateName, 5154 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 5155 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 5156 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 5157 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 5158 5159 QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 5160 SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 5161 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, 5162 const IdentifierInfo &II, 5163 SourceLocation IILoc); 5164 5165 TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T, 5166 SourceLocation Loc, 5167 DeclarationName Name); 5168 bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); 5169 5170 ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E); 5171 bool RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation( 5172 TemplateParameterList *Params); 5173 5174 std::string 5175 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, 5176 const TemplateArgumentList &Args); 5177 5178 std::string 5179 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, 5180 const TemplateArgument *Args, 5181 unsigned NumArgs); 5182 5183 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5184 // C++ Variadic Templates (C++0x [temp.variadic]) 5185 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5186 5187 /// \brief The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is 5188 /// being diagnosed. 5189 /// 5190 /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first 5191 /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic. 5192 enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext { 5193 /// \brief An arbitrary expression. 5194 UPPC_Expression = 0, 5195 5196 /// \brief The base type of a class type. 5197 UPPC_BaseType, 5198 5199 /// \brief The type of an arbitrary declaration. 5200 UPPC_DeclarationType, 5201 5202 /// \brief The type of a data member. 5203 UPPC_DataMemberType, 5204 5205 /// \brief The size of a bit-field. 5206 UPPC_BitFieldWidth, 5207 5208 /// \brief The expression in a static assertion. 5209 UPPC_StaticAssertExpression, 5210 5211 /// \brief The fixed underlying type of an enumeration. 5212 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType, 5213 5214 /// \brief The enumerator value. 5215 UPPC_EnumeratorValue, 5216 5217 /// \brief A using declaration. 5218 UPPC_UsingDeclaration, 5219 5220 /// \brief A friend declaration. 5221 UPPC_FriendDeclaration, 5222 5223 /// \brief A declaration qualifier. 5224 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier, 5225 5226 /// \brief An initializer. 5227 UPPC_Initializer, 5228 5229 /// \brief A default argument. 5230 UPPC_DefaultArgument, 5231 5232 /// \brief The type of a non-type template parameter. 5233 UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType, 5234 5235 /// \brief The type of an exception. 5236 UPPC_ExceptionType, 5237 5238 /// \brief Partial specialization. 5239 UPPC_PartialSpecialization, 5240 5241 /// \brief Microsoft __if_exists. 5242 UPPC_IfExists, 5243 5244 /// \brief Microsoft __if_not_exists. 5245 UPPC_IfNotExists, 5246 5247 /// \brief Lambda expression. 5248 UPPC_Lambda, 5249 5250 /// \brief Block expression, 5251 UPPC_Block 5252}; 5253 5254 /// \brief Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs. 5255 /// 5256 /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic. 5257 /// 5258 /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded 5259 /// parameter packs. 5260 /// 5261 /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs. 5262 /// 5263 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5264 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(SourceLocation Loc, 5265 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC, 5266 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded); 5267 5268 /// \brief If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5269 /// diagnose the error. 5270 /// 5271 /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted. 5272 /// 5273 /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter 5274 /// packs. 5275 /// 5276 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5277 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T, 5278 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5279 5280 /// \brief If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter 5281 /// pack, diagnose the error. 5282 /// 5283 /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded 5284 /// parameter packs. 5285 /// 5286 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5287 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Expr *E, 5288 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression); 5289 5290 /// \brief If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded 5291 /// parameter pack, diagnose the error. 5292 /// 5293 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for 5294 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5295 /// 5296 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5297 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5298 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5299 5300 /// \brief If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5301 /// diagnose the error. 5302 /// 5303 /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that 5304 /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs. 5305 /// 5306 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5307 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5308 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5309 5310 /// \brief If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5311 /// diagnose the error. 5312 /// 5313 /// \param Loc The location of the template name. 5314 /// 5315 /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded 5316 /// parameter packs. 5317 /// 5318 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5319 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, 5320 TemplateName Template, 5321 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5322 5323 /// \brief If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter 5324 /// pack, diagnose the error. 5325 /// 5326 /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded 5327 /// parameter packs. 5328 /// 5329 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5330 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, 5331 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5332 5333 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5334 /// template argument. 5335 /// 5336 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find 5337 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5338 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgument Arg, 5339 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5340 5341 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5342 /// template argument. 5343 /// 5344 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find 5345 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5346 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, 5347 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5348 5349 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5350 /// type. 5351 /// 5352 /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find 5353 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5354 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(QualType T, 5355 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5356 5357 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5358 /// type. 5359 /// 5360 /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find 5361 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5362 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TypeLoc TL, 5363 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5364 5365 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5366 /// nested-name-specifier. 5367 /// 5368 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find 5369 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5370 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5371 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5372 5373 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5374 /// name. 5375 /// 5376 /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find 5377 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5378 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5379 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5380 5381 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an 5382 /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion. 5383 /// 5384 /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which 5385 /// may already be invalid. 5386 /// 5387 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5388 ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg, 5389 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5390 5391 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which 5392 /// creates a pack expansion. 5393 /// 5394 /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5395 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5396 /// 5397 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5398 TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5399 5400 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack 5401 /// expansion. 5402 TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern, 5403 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5404 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5405 5406 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack 5407 /// expansion. 5408 QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern, 5409 SourceRange PatternRange, 5410 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5411 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5412 5413 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which 5414 /// creates a pack expansion. 5415 /// 5416 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5417 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5418 /// 5419 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5420 ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5421 5422 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which 5423 /// creates a pack expansion. 5424 /// 5425 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5426 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5427 /// 5428 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5429 ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5430 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5431 5432 /// \brief Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the 5433 /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly 5434 /// transforming the pattern. 5435 /// 5436 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the 5437 /// pack expansion. 5438 /// 5439 /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of 5440 /// the pack expansion. 5441 /// 5442 /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the 5443 /// pattern. 5444 /// 5445 /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should 5446 /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When 5447 /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set. 5448 /// 5449 /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded 5450 /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used 5451 /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per 5452 /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9. 5453 /// 5454 /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in 5455 /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an 5456 /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the 5457 /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution) 5458 /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known. 5459 /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may 5460 /// set this value in other cases. 5461 /// 5462 /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs 5463 /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false 5464 /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions) 5465 /// must be set. 5466 bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5467 SourceRange PatternRange, 5468 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded, 5469 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5470 bool &ShouldExpand, 5471 bool &RetainExpansion, 5472 Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions); 5473 5474 /// \brief Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion 5475 /// type. 5476 /// 5477 /// This routine assumes that the number of arguments in the expansion is 5478 /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern. 5479 /// 5480 /// Returns an empty Optional if the type can't be expanded. 5481 Optional<unsigned> getNumArgumentsInExpansion(QualType T, 5482 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5483 5484 /// \brief Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded 5485 /// parameter packs. 5486 /// 5487 /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators 5488 /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g., 5489 /// 5490 /// \code 5491 /// void f(T...); 5492 /// \endcode 5493 /// 5494 /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or 5495 /// a variadic function. 5496 /// 5497 /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs, 5498 /// false otherwise. 5499 bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D); 5500 5501 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5502 // C++ Template Argument Deduction (C++ [temp.deduct]) 5503 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5504 5505 /// \brief Describes the result of template argument deduction. 5506 /// 5507 /// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of 5508 /// template argument deduction, as returned from 5509 /// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo 5510 /// structure provides additional information about the results of 5511 /// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument 5512 /// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or 5513 /// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure. 5514 enum TemplateDeductionResult { 5515 /// \brief Template argument deduction was successful. 5516 TDK_Success = 0, 5517 /// \brief The declaration was invalid; do nothing. 5518 TDK_Invalid, 5519 /// \brief Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template 5520 /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed). 5521 TDK_InstantiationDepth, 5522 /// \brief Template argument deduction did not deduce a value 5523 /// for every template parameter. 5524 TDK_Incomplete, 5525 /// \brief Template argument deduction produced inconsistent 5526 /// deduced values for the given template parameter. 5527 TDK_Inconsistent, 5528 /// \brief Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent 5529 /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would 5530 /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T" 5531 /// but were given a non-const "X". 5532 TDK_Underqualified, 5533 /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values 5534 /// resulted in an error. 5535 TDK_SubstitutionFailure, 5536 /// \brief A non-depnedent component of the parameter did not match the 5537 /// corresponding component of the argument. 5538 TDK_NonDeducedMismatch, 5539 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function 5540 /// template, there were too many call arguments. 5541 TDK_TooManyArguments, 5542 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function 5543 /// template, there were too few call arguments. 5544 TDK_TooFewArguments, 5545 /// \brief The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid 5546 /// template arguments for the given template. 5547 TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments, 5548 /// \brief The arguments included an overloaded function name that could 5549 /// not be resolved to a suitable function. 5550 TDK_FailedOverloadResolution, 5551 /// \brief Deduction failed; that's all we know. 5552 TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure 5553 }; 5554 5555 TemplateDeductionResult 5556 DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial, 5557 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5558 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5559 5560 TemplateDeductionResult 5561 SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5562 TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5563 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, 5564 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, 5565 QualType *FunctionType, 5566 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5567 5568 /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument 5569 // deduction for a call. 5570 struct OriginalCallArg { 5571 OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType, 5572 unsigned ArgIdx, 5573 QualType OriginalArgType) 5574 : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType), ArgIdx(ArgIdx), 5575 OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) { } 5576 5577 QualType OriginalParamType; 5578 unsigned ArgIdx; 5579 QualType OriginalArgType; 5580 }; 5581 5582 TemplateDeductionResult 5583 FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5584 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, 5585 unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified, 5586 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5587 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, 5588 SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs = 0); 5589 5590 TemplateDeductionResult 5591 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5592 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5593 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 5594 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5595 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5596 5597 TemplateDeductionResult 5598 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5599 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5600 QualType ArgFunctionType, 5601 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5602 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5603 5604 TemplateDeductionResult 5605 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5606 QualType ToType, 5607 CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization, 5608 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5609 5610 TemplateDeductionResult 5611 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5612 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5613 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5614 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5615 5616 /// \brief Result type of DeduceAutoType. 5617 enum DeduceAutoResult { 5618 DAR_Succeeded, 5619 DAR_Failed, 5620 DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed 5621 }; 5622 5623 DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *AutoType, Expr *&Initializer, 5624 TypeSourceInfo *&Result); 5625 void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init); 5626 5627 FunctionTemplateDecl *getMoreSpecializedTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1, 5628 FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2, 5629 SourceLocation Loc, 5630 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, 5631 unsigned NumCallArguments); 5632 UnresolvedSetIterator getMostSpecialized(UnresolvedSetIterator SBegin, 5633 UnresolvedSetIterator SEnd, 5634 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, 5635 unsigned NumCallArguments, 5636 SourceLocation Loc, 5637 const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag, 5638 const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag, 5639 const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag, 5640 bool Complain = true, 5641 QualType TargetType = QualType()); 5642 5643 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl * 5644 getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization( 5645 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1, 5646 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, 5647 SourceLocation Loc); 5648 5649 void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5650 bool OnlyDeduced, 5651 unsigned Depth, 5652 llvm::SmallBitVector &Used); 5653 void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters( 5654 const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5655 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) { 5656 return MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Context, FunctionTemplate, Deduced); 5657 } 5658 static void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx, 5659 const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5660 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced); 5661 5662 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5663 // C++ Template Instantiation 5664 // 5665 5666 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList getTemplateInstantiationArgs(NamedDecl *D, 5667 const TemplateArgumentList *Innermost = 0, 5668 bool RelativeToPrimary = false, 5669 const FunctionDecl *Pattern = 0); 5670 5671 /// \brief A template instantiation that is currently in progress. 5672 struct ActiveTemplateInstantiation { 5673 /// \brief The kind of template instantiation we are performing 5674 enum InstantiationKind { 5675 /// We are instantiating a template declaration. The entity is 5676 /// the declaration we're instantiating (e.g., a CXXRecordDecl). 5677 TemplateInstantiation, 5678 5679 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a template 5680 /// parameter. The Entity is the template, and 5681 /// TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArguments provides the template 5682 /// arguments as specified. 5683 /// FIXME: Use a TemplateArgumentList 5684 DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation, 5685 5686 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a function. 5687 /// The Entity is the ParmVarDecl, and TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArgs 5688 /// provides the template arguments as specified. 5689 DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation, 5690 5691 /// We are substituting explicit template arguments provided for 5692 /// a function template. The entity is a FunctionTemplateDecl. 5693 ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5694 5695 /// We are substituting template argument determined as part of 5696 /// template argument deduction for either a class template 5697 /// partial specialization or a function template. The 5698 /// Entity is either a ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl or 5699 /// a FunctionTemplateDecl. 5700 DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5701 5702 /// We are substituting prior template arguments into a new 5703 /// template parameter. The template parameter itself is either a 5704 /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl or a TemplateTemplateParmDecl. 5705 PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5706 5707 /// We are checking the validity of a default template argument that 5708 /// has been used when naming a template-id. 5709 DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking, 5710 5711 /// We are instantiating the exception specification for a function 5712 /// template which was deferred until it was needed. 5713 ExceptionSpecInstantiation 5714 } Kind; 5715 5716 /// \brief The point of instantiation within the source code. 5717 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation; 5718 5719 /// \brief The template (or partial specialization) in which we are 5720 /// performing the instantiation, for substitutions of prior template 5721 /// arguments. 5722 NamedDecl *Template; 5723 5724 /// \brief The entity that is being instantiated. 5725 Decl *Entity; 5726 5727 /// \brief The list of template arguments we are substituting, if they 5728 /// are not part of the entity. 5729 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs; 5730 5731 /// \brief The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs. 5732 unsigned NumTemplateArgs; 5733 5734 /// \brief The template deduction info object associated with the 5735 /// substitution or checking of explicit or deduced template arguments. 5736 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo; 5737 5738 /// \brief The source range that covers the construct that cause 5739 /// the instantiation, e.g., the template-id that causes a class 5740 /// template instantiation. 5741 SourceRange InstantiationRange; 5742 5743 ActiveTemplateInstantiation() 5744 : Kind(TemplateInstantiation), Template(0), Entity(0), TemplateArgs(0), 5745 NumTemplateArgs(0), DeductionInfo(0) {} 5746 5747 /// \brief Determines whether this template is an actual instantiation 5748 /// that should be counted toward the maximum instantiation depth. 5749 bool isInstantiationRecord() const; 5750 5751 friend bool operator==(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X, 5752 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) { 5753 if (X.Kind != Y.Kind) 5754 return false; 5755 5756 if (X.Entity != Y.Entity) 5757 return false; 5758 5759 switch (X.Kind) { 5760 case TemplateInstantiation: 5761 case ExceptionSpecInstantiation: 5762 return true; 5763 5764 case PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5765 case DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking: 5766 if (X.Template != Y.Template) 5767 return false; 5768 5769 // Fall through 5770 5771 case DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation: 5772 case ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5773 case DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5774 case DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation: 5775 return X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs; 5776 5777 } 5778 5779 llvm_unreachable("Invalid InstantiationKind!"); 5780 } 5781 5782 friend bool operator!=(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X, 5783 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) { 5784 return !(X == Y); 5785 } 5786 }; 5787 5788 /// \brief List of active template instantiations. 5789 /// 5790 /// This vector is treated as a stack. As one template instantiation 5791 /// requires another template instantiation, additional 5792 /// instantiations are pushed onto the stack up to a 5793 /// user-configurable limit LangOptions::InstantiationDepth. 5794 SmallVector<ActiveTemplateInstantiation, 16> 5795 ActiveTemplateInstantiations; 5796 5797 /// \brief Whether we are in a SFINAE context that is not associated with 5798 /// template instantiation. 5799 /// 5800 /// This is used when setting up a SFINAE trap (\c see SFINAETrap) outside 5801 /// of a template instantiation or template argument deduction. 5802 bool InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5803 5804 /// \brief The number of ActiveTemplateInstantiation entries in 5805 /// \c ActiveTemplateInstantiations that are not actual instantiations and, 5806 /// therefore, should not be counted as part of the instantiation depth. 5807 unsigned NonInstantiationEntries; 5808 5809 /// \brief The last template from which a template instantiation 5810 /// error or warning was produced. 5811 /// 5812 /// This value is used to suppress printing of redundant template 5813 /// instantiation backtraces when there are multiple errors in the 5814 /// same instantiation. FIXME: Does this belong in Sema? It's tough 5815 /// to implement it anywhere else. 5816 ActiveTemplateInstantiation LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext; 5817 5818 /// \brief The current index into pack expansion arguments that will be 5819 /// used for substitution of parameter packs. 5820 /// 5821 /// The pack expansion index will be -1 to indicate that parameter packs 5822 /// should be instantiated as themselves. Otherwise, the index specifies 5823 /// which argument within the parameter pack will be used for substitution. 5824 int ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex; 5825 5826 /// \brief RAII object used to change the argument pack substitution index 5827 /// within a \c Sema object. 5828 /// 5829 /// See \c ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex for more information. 5830 class ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII { 5831 Sema &Self; 5832 int OldSubstitutionIndex; 5833 5834 public: 5835 ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema &Self, int NewSubstitutionIndex) 5836 : Self(Self), OldSubstitutionIndex(Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex) { 5837 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = NewSubstitutionIndex; 5838 } 5839 5840 ~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII() { 5841 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = OldSubstitutionIndex; 5842 } 5843 }; 5844 5845 friend class ArgumentPackSubstitutionRAII; 5846 5847 /// \brief The stack of calls expression undergoing template instantiation. 5848 /// 5849 /// The top of this stack is used by a fixit instantiating unresolved 5850 /// function calls to fix the AST to match the textual change it prints. 5851 SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> CallsUndergoingInstantiation; 5852 5853 /// \brief For each declaration that involved template argument deduction, the 5854 /// set of diagnostics that were suppressed during that template argument 5855 /// deduction. 5856 /// 5857 /// FIXME: Serialize this structure to the AST file. 5858 llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> > 5859 SuppressedDiagnostics; 5860 5861 /// \brief A stack object to be created when performing template 5862 /// instantiation. 5863 /// 5864 /// Construction of an object of type \c InstantiatingTemplate 5865 /// pushes the current instantiation onto the stack of active 5866 /// instantiations. If the size of this stack exceeds the maximum 5867 /// number of recursive template instantiations, construction 5868 /// produces an error and evaluates true. 5869 /// 5870 /// Destruction of this object will pop the named instantiation off 5871 /// the stack. 5872 struct InstantiatingTemplate { 5873 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a class template, 5874 /// function template, or a member thereof. 5875 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5876 Decl *Entity, 5877 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5878 5879 struct ExceptionSpecification {}; 5880 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating an exception specification 5881 /// of a function template. 5882 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5883 FunctionDecl *Entity, ExceptionSpecification, 5884 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5885 5886 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a 5887 /// template-id. 5888 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5889 TemplateDecl *Template, 5890 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5891 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5892 5893 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a 5894 /// template-id. 5895 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5896 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5897 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5898 ActiveTemplateInstantiation::InstantiationKind Kind, 5899 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 5900 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5901 5902 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template 5903 /// argument deduction for a class template partial 5904 /// specialization. 5905 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5906 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec, 5907 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5908 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 5909 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5910 5911 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5912 ParmVarDecl *Param, 5913 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5914 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5915 5916 /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a 5917 /// non-type or template template parameter. 5918 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5919 NamedDecl *Template, 5920 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5921 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5922 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5923 5924 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5925 NamedDecl *Template, 5926 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5927 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5928 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5929 5930 /// \brief Note that we are checking the default template argument 5931 /// against the template parameter for a given template-id. 5932 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5933 TemplateDecl *Template, 5934 NamedDecl *Param, 5935 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5936 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5937 5938 5939 /// \brief Note that we have finished instantiating this template. 5940 void Clear(); 5941 5942 ~InstantiatingTemplate() { Clear(); } 5943 5944 /// \brief Determines whether we have exceeded the maximum 5945 /// recursive template instantiations. 5946 operator bool() const { return Invalid; } 5947 5948 private: 5949 Sema &SemaRef; 5950 bool Invalid; 5951 bool SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5952 bool CheckInstantiationDepth(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5953 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5954 5955 InstantiatingTemplate(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 5956 5957 InstantiatingTemplate& 5958 operator=(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 5959 }; 5960 5961 void PrintInstantiationStack(); 5962 5963 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context where 5964 /// template argument substitution failures are not considered 5965 /// errors. 5966 /// 5967 /// \returns An empty \c Optional if we're not in a SFINAE context. 5968 /// Otherwise, contains a pointer that, if non-NULL, contains the nearest 5969 /// template-deduction context object, which can be used to capture 5970 /// diagnostics that will be suppressed. 5971 Optional<sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *> isSFINAEContext() const; 5972 5973 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context that 5974 /// is not evaluated as per C++ [expr] p5. 5975 bool isUnevaluatedContext() const { 5976 assert(!ExprEvalContexts.empty() && 5977 "Must be in an expression evaluation context"); 5978 return ExprEvalContexts.back().Context == Sema::Unevaluated; 5979 } 5980 5981 /// \brief RAII class used to determine whether SFINAE has 5982 /// trapped any errors that occur during template argument 5983 /// deduction.` 5984 class SFINAETrap { 5985 Sema &SemaRef; 5986 unsigned PrevSFINAEErrors; 5987 bool PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5988 bool PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; 5989 5990 public: 5991 explicit SFINAETrap(Sema &SemaRef, bool AccessCheckingSFINAE = false) 5992 : SemaRef(SemaRef), PrevSFINAEErrors(SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors), 5993 PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext( 5994 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext), 5995 PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE(SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE) 5996 { 5997 if (!SemaRef.isSFINAEContext()) 5998 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = true; 5999 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = AccessCheckingSFINAE; 6000 } 6001 6002 ~SFINAETrap() { 6003 SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors = PrevSFINAEErrors; 6004 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext 6005 = PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 6006 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; 6007 } 6008 6009 /// \brief Determine whether any SFINAE errors have been trapped. 6010 bool hasErrorOccurred() const { 6011 return SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors > PrevSFINAEErrors; 6012 } 6013 }; 6014 6015 /// \brief The current instantiation scope used to store local 6016 /// variables. 6017 LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope; 6018 6019 /// \brief The number of typos corrected by CorrectTypo. 6020 unsigned TyposCorrected; 6021 6022 typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, TypoCorrection> 6023 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap; 6024 6025 /// \brief A cache containing the results of typo correction for unqualified 6026 /// name lookup. 6027 /// 6028 /// The string is the string that we corrected to (which may be empty, if 6029 /// there was no correction), while the boolean will be true when the 6030 /// string represents a keyword. 6031 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap UnqualifiedTyposCorrected; 6032 6033 /// \brief Worker object for performing CFG-based warnings. 6034 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings AnalysisWarnings; 6035 6036 /// \brief An entity for which implicit template instantiation is required. 6037 /// 6038 /// The source location associated with the declaration is the first place in 6039 /// the source code where the declaration was "used". It is not necessarily 6040 /// the point of instantiation (which will be either before or after the 6041 /// namespace-scope declaration that triggered this implicit instantiation), 6042 /// However, it is the location that diagnostics should generally refer to, 6043 /// because users will need to know what code triggered the instantiation. 6044 typedef std::pair<ValueDecl *, SourceLocation> PendingImplicitInstantiation; 6045 6046 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required 6047 /// but have not yet been performed. 6048 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingInstantiations; 6049 6050 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required 6051 /// and must be performed within the current local scope. 6052 /// 6053 /// This queue is only used for member functions of local classes in 6054 /// templates, which must be instantiated in the same scope as their 6055 /// enclosing function, so that they can reference function-local 6056 /// types, static variables, enumerators, etc. 6057 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations; 6058 6059 void PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly = false); 6060 6061 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T, 6062 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6063 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 6064 6065 QualType SubstType(QualType T, 6066 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6067 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 6068 6069 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeLoc TL, 6070 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6071 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 6072 6073 TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionDeclType(TypeSourceInfo *T, 6074 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6075 SourceLocation Loc, 6076 DeclarationName Entity, 6077 CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext, 6078 unsigned ThisTypeQuals); 6079 ParmVarDecl *SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D, 6080 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6081 int indexAdjustment, 6082 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions, 6083 bool ExpectParameterPack); 6084 bool SubstParmTypes(SourceLocation Loc, 6085 ParmVarDecl **Params, unsigned NumParams, 6086 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6087 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, 6088 SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams = 0); 6089 ExprResult SubstExpr(Expr *E, 6090 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6091 6092 /// \brief Substitute the given template arguments into a list of 6093 /// expressions, expanding pack expansions if required. 6094 /// 6095 /// \param Exprs The list of expressions to substitute into. 6096 /// 6097 /// \param NumExprs The number of expressions in \p Exprs. 6098 /// 6099 /// \param IsCall Whether this is some form of call, in which case 6100 /// default arguments will be dropped. 6101 /// 6102 /// \param TemplateArgs The set of template arguments to substitute. 6103 /// 6104 /// \param Outputs Will receive all of the substituted arguments. 6105 /// 6106 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 6107 bool SubstExprs(Expr **Exprs, unsigned NumExprs, bool IsCall, 6108 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6109 SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Outputs); 6110 6111 StmtResult SubstStmt(Stmt *S, 6112 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6113 6114 Decl *SubstDecl(Decl *D, DeclContext *Owner, 6115 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6116 6117 ExprResult SubstInitializer(Expr *E, 6118 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6119 bool CXXDirectInit); 6120 6121 bool 6122 SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, 6123 CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, 6124 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6125 6126 bool 6127 InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6128 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, 6129 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6130 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 6131 bool Complain = true); 6132 6133 bool InstantiateEnum(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6134 EnumDecl *Instantiation, EnumDecl *Pattern, 6135 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6136 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6137 6138 struct LateInstantiatedAttribute { 6139 const Attr *TmplAttr; 6140 LocalInstantiationScope *Scope; 6141 Decl *NewDecl; 6142 6143 LateInstantiatedAttribute(const Attr *A, LocalInstantiationScope *S, 6144 Decl *D) 6145 : TmplAttr(A), Scope(S), NewDecl(D) 6146 { } 6147 }; 6148 typedef SmallVector<LateInstantiatedAttribute, 16> LateInstantiatedAttrVec; 6149 6150 void InstantiateAttrs(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6151 const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst, 6152 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = 0, 6153 LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = 0); 6154 6155 bool 6156 InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6157 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, 6158 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 6159 bool Complain = true); 6160 6161 void InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6162 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, 6163 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6164 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6165 6166 void InstantiateClassTemplateSpecializationMembers( 6167 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6168 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, 6169 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6170 6171 NestedNameSpecifierLoc 6172 SubstNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS, 6173 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6174 6175 DeclarationNameInfo 6176 SubstDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 6177 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6178 TemplateName 6179 SubstTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, TemplateName Name, 6180 SourceLocation Loc, 6181 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6182 bool Subst(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args, unsigned NumArgs, 6183 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Result, 6184 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6185 6186 void InstantiateExceptionSpec(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6187 FunctionDecl *Function); 6188 void InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6189 FunctionDecl *Function, 6190 bool Recursive = false, 6191 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 6192 void InstantiateStaticDataMemberDefinition( 6193 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6194 VarDecl *Var, 6195 bool Recursive = false, 6196 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 6197 6198 void InstantiateMemInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *New, 6199 const CXXConstructorDecl *Tmpl, 6200 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6201 6202 NamedDecl *FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D, 6203 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6204 DeclContext *FindInstantiatedContext(SourceLocation Loc, DeclContext *DC, 6205 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6206 6207 // Objective-C declarations. 6208 enum ObjCContainerKind { 6209 OCK_None = -1, 6210 OCK_Interface = 0, 6211 OCK_Protocol, 6212 OCK_Category, 6213 OCK_ClassExtension, 6214 OCK_Implementation, 6215 OCK_CategoryImplementation 6216 }; 6217 ObjCContainerKind getObjCContainerKind() const; 6218 6219 Decl *ActOnStartClassInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, 6220 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6221 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6222 IdentifierInfo *SuperName, 6223 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6224 Decl * const *ProtoRefs, 6225 unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6226 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6227 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, 6228 AttributeList *AttrList); 6229 6230 Decl *ActOnCompatibilityAlias( 6231 SourceLocation AtCompatibilityAliasLoc, 6232 IdentifierInfo *AliasName, SourceLocation AliasLocation, 6233 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLocation); 6234 6235 bool CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency( 6236 IdentifierInfo *PName, 6237 SourceLocation &PLoc, SourceLocation PrevLoc, 6238 const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList); 6239 6240 Decl *ActOnStartProtocolInterface( 6241 SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc, 6242 IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName, SourceLocation ProtocolLoc, 6243 Decl * const *ProtoRefNames, unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6244 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6245 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, 6246 AttributeList *AttrList); 6247 6248 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, 6249 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6250 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6251 IdentifierInfo *CategoryName, 6252 SourceLocation CategoryLoc, 6253 Decl * const *ProtoRefs, 6254 unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6255 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6256 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc); 6257 6258 Decl *ActOnStartClassImplementation( 6259 SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc, 6260 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6261 IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname, 6262 SourceLocation SuperClassLoc); 6263 6264 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryImplementation(SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc, 6265 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6266 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6267 IdentifierInfo *CatName, 6268 SourceLocation CatLoc); 6269 6270 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 6271 ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls); 6272 6273 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation Loc, 6274 IdentifierInfo **IdentList, 6275 SourceLocation *IdentLocs, 6276 unsigned NumElts); 6277 6278 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtoclLoc, 6279 const IdentifierLocPair *IdentList, 6280 unsigned NumElts, 6281 AttributeList *attrList); 6282 6283 void FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations, 6284 const IdentifierLocPair *ProtocolId, 6285 unsigned NumProtocols, 6286 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols); 6287 6288 /// Ensure attributes are consistent with type. 6289 /// \param [in, out] Attributes The attributes to check; they will 6290 /// be modified to be consistent with \p PropertyTy. 6291 void CheckObjCPropertyAttributes(Decl *PropertyPtrTy, 6292 SourceLocation Loc, 6293 unsigned &Attributes, 6294 bool propertyInPrimaryClass); 6295 6296 /// Process the specified property declaration and create decls for the 6297 /// setters and getters as needed. 6298 /// \param property The property declaration being processed 6299 /// \param CD The semantic container for the property 6300 /// \param redeclaredProperty Declaration for property if redeclared 6301 /// in class extension. 6302 /// \param lexicalDC Container for redeclaredProperty. 6303 void ProcessPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *property, 6304 ObjCContainerDecl *CD, 6305 ObjCPropertyDecl *redeclaredProperty = 0, 6306 ObjCContainerDecl *lexicalDC = 0); 6307 6308 6309 void DiagnosePropertyMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property, 6310 ObjCPropertyDecl *SuperProperty, 6311 const IdentifierInfo *Name); 6312 6313 void DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT, 6314 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID); 6315 6316 void MatchOneProtocolPropertiesInClass(Decl *CDecl, 6317 ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl); 6318 6319 Decl *ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd, 6320 Decl **allMethods = 0, unsigned allNum = 0, 6321 Decl **allProperties = 0, unsigned pNum = 0, 6322 DeclGroupPtrTy *allTUVars = 0, unsigned tuvNum = 0); 6323 6324 Decl *ActOnProperty(Scope *S, SourceLocation AtLoc, 6325 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6326 FieldDeclarator &FD, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS, 6327 Selector GetterSel, Selector SetterSel, 6328 bool *OverridingProperty, 6329 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 6330 DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0); 6331 6332 Decl *ActOnPropertyImplDecl(Scope *S, 6333 SourceLocation AtLoc, 6334 SourceLocation PropertyLoc, 6335 bool ImplKind, 6336 IdentifierInfo *PropertyId, 6337 IdentifierInfo *PropertyIvar, 6338 SourceLocation PropertyIvarLoc); 6339 6340 enum ObjCSpecialMethodKind { 6341 OSMK_None, 6342 OSMK_Alloc, 6343 OSMK_New, 6344 OSMK_Copy, 6345 OSMK_RetainingInit, 6346 OSMK_NonRetainingInit 6347 }; 6348 6349 struct ObjCArgInfo { 6350 IdentifierInfo *Name; 6351 SourceLocation NameLoc; 6352 // The Type is null if no type was specified, and the DeclSpec is invalid 6353 // in this case. 6354 ParsedType Type; 6355 ObjCDeclSpec DeclSpec; 6356 6357 /// ArgAttrs - Attribute list for this argument. 6358 AttributeList *ArgAttrs; 6359 }; 6360 6361 Decl *ActOnMethodDeclaration( 6362 Scope *S, 6363 SourceLocation BeginLoc, // location of the + or -. 6364 SourceLocation EndLoc, // location of the ; or {. 6365 tok::TokenKind MethodType, 6366 ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType, 6367 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel, 6368 // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained 6369 // from the Sel.getNumArgs(). 6370 ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo, 6371 DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo, unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args 6372 AttributeList *AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 6373 bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition); 6374 6375 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel, 6376 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, 6377 bool IsInstance); 6378 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector Sel, QualType Ty, 6379 bool IsInstance); 6380 6381 bool CheckARCMethodDecl(ObjCMethodDecl *method); 6382 bool inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl); 6383 6384 ExprResult 6385 HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, 6386 Expr *BaseExpr, 6387 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6388 DeclarationName MemberName, 6389 SourceLocation MemberLoc, 6390 SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType, 6391 bool Super); 6392 6393 ExprResult 6394 ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName, 6395 IdentifierInfo &propertyName, 6396 SourceLocation receiverNameLoc, 6397 SourceLocation propertyNameLoc); 6398 6399 ObjCMethodDecl *tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc); 6400 6401 /// \brief Describes the kind of message expression indicated by a message 6402 /// send that starts with an identifier. 6403 enum ObjCMessageKind { 6404 /// \brief The message is sent to 'super'. 6405 ObjCSuperMessage, 6406 /// \brief The message is an instance message. 6407 ObjCInstanceMessage, 6408 /// \brief The message is a class message, and the identifier is a type 6409 /// name. 6410 ObjCClassMessage 6411 }; 6412 6413 ObjCMessageKind getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S, 6414 IdentifierInfo *Name, 6415 SourceLocation NameLoc, 6416 bool IsSuper, 6417 bool HasTrailingDot, 6418 ParsedType &ReceiverType); 6419 6420 ExprResult ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6421 Selector Sel, 6422 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6423 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6424 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6425 MultiExprArg Args); 6426 6427 ExprResult BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo, 6428 QualType ReceiverType, 6429 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6430 Selector Sel, 6431 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6432 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6433 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6434 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6435 MultiExprArg Args, 6436 bool isImplicit = false); 6437 6438 ExprResult BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType, 6439 bool isSuperReceiver, 6440 SourceLocation Loc, 6441 Selector Sel, 6442 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6443 MultiExprArg Args); 6444 6445 ExprResult ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S, 6446 ParsedType Receiver, 6447 Selector Sel, 6448 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6449 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6450 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6451 MultiExprArg Args); 6452 6453 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver, 6454 QualType ReceiverType, 6455 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6456 Selector Sel, 6457 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6458 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6459 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6460 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6461 MultiExprArg Args, 6462 bool isImplicit = false); 6463 6464 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver, 6465 QualType ReceiverType, 6466 SourceLocation Loc, 6467 Selector Sel, 6468 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6469 MultiExprArg Args); 6470 6471 ExprResult ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S, 6472 Expr *Receiver, 6473 Selector Sel, 6474 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6475 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6476 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6477 MultiExprArg Args); 6478 6479 ExprResult BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6480 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, 6481 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, 6482 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 6483 Expr *SubExpr); 6484 6485 ExprResult ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S, 6486 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6487 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, 6488 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, 6489 ParsedType Type, 6490 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 6491 Expr *SubExpr); 6492 6493 bool checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method, QualType receiverTypeIfCall); 6494 6495 /// \brief Check whether the given new method is a valid override of the 6496 /// given overridden method, and set any properties that should be inherited. 6497 void CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod, 6498 const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden); 6499 6500 /// \brief Describes the compatibility of a result type with its method. 6501 enum ResultTypeCompatibilityKind { 6502 RTC_Compatible, 6503 RTC_Incompatible, 6504 RTC_Unknown 6505 }; 6506 6507 void CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod, 6508 ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass, 6509 ResultTypeCompatibilityKind RTC); 6510 6511 enum PragmaOptionsAlignKind { 6512 POAK_Native, // #pragma options align=native 6513 POAK_Natural, // #pragma options align=natural 6514 POAK_Packed, // #pragma options align=packed 6515 POAK_Power, // #pragma options align=power 6516 POAK_Mac68k, // #pragma options align=mac68k 6517 POAK_Reset // #pragma options align=reset 6518 }; 6519 6520 /// ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign - Called on well formed \#pragma options align. 6521 void ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign(PragmaOptionsAlignKind Kind, 6522 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6523 6524 enum PragmaPackKind { 6525 PPK_Default, // #pragma pack([n]) 6526 PPK_Show, // #pragma pack(show), only supported by MSVC. 6527 PPK_Push, // #pragma pack(push, [identifier], [n]) 6528 PPK_Pop // #pragma pack(pop, [identifier], [n]) 6529 }; 6530 6531 enum PragmaMSStructKind { 6532 PMSST_OFF, // #pragms ms_struct off 6533 PMSST_ON // #pragms ms_struct on 6534 }; 6535 6536 /// ActOnPragmaPack - Called on well formed \#pragma pack(...). 6537 void ActOnPragmaPack(PragmaPackKind Kind, 6538 IdentifierInfo *Name, 6539 Expr *Alignment, 6540 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6541 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6542 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 6543 6544 /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma ms_struct [on|off]. 6545 void ActOnPragmaMSStruct(PragmaMSStructKind Kind); 6546 6547 /// ActOnPragmaUnused - Called on well-formed '\#pragma unused'. 6548 void ActOnPragmaUnused(const Token &Identifier, 6549 Scope *curScope, 6550 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6551 6552 /// ActOnPragmaVisibility - Called on well formed \#pragma GCC visibility... . 6553 void ActOnPragmaVisibility(const IdentifierInfo* VisType, 6554 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6555 6556 NamedDecl *DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II, 6557 SourceLocation Loc); 6558 void DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W); 6559 6560 /// ActOnPragmaWeakID - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident. 6561 void ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6562 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6563 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc); 6564 6565 /// ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname - Called on well formed 6566 /// \#pragma redefine_extname oldname newname. 6567 void ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6568 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 6569 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6570 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, 6571 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); 6572 6573 /// ActOnPragmaWeakAlias - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident = ident. 6574 void ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6575 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 6576 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6577 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, 6578 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); 6579 6580 /// ActOnPragmaFPContract - Called on well formed 6581 /// \#pragma {STDC,OPENCL} FP_CONTRACT 6582 void ActOnPragmaFPContract(tok::OnOffSwitch OOS); 6583 6584 /// AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord - Adds any needed alignment attributes to 6585 /// a the record decl, to handle '\#pragma pack' and '\#pragma options align'. 6586 void AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); 6587 6588 /// AddMsStructLayoutForRecord - Adds ms_struct layout attribute to record. 6589 void AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); 6590 6591 /// FreePackedContext - Deallocate and null out PackContext. 6592 void FreePackedContext(); 6593 6594 /// PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr - Note that we've entered a 6595 /// namespace with a visibility attribute. 6596 void PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr(const VisibilityAttr *Attr, 6597 SourceLocation Loc); 6598 6599 /// AddPushedVisibilityAttribute - If '\#pragma GCC visibility' was used, 6600 /// add an appropriate visibility attribute. 6601 void AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Decl *RD); 6602 6603 /// PopPragmaVisibility - Pop the top element of the visibility stack; used 6604 /// for '\#pragma GCC visibility' and visibility attributes on namespaces. 6605 void PopPragmaVisibility(bool IsNamespaceEnd, SourceLocation EndLoc); 6606 6607 /// FreeVisContext - Deallocate and null out VisContext. 6608 void FreeVisContext(); 6609 6610 /// AddCFAuditedAttribute - Check whether we're currently within 6611 /// '\#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' and, if so, consider adding 6612 /// the appropriate attribute. 6613 void AddCFAuditedAttribute(Decl *D); 6614 6615 /// AddAlignedAttr - Adds an aligned attribute to a particular declaration. 6616 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E, 6617 unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion); 6618 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, TypeSourceInfo *T, 6619 unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion); 6620 6621 // OpenMP directives and clauses. 6622 6623 /// \brief Called on well-formed '#pragma omp threadprivate'. 6624 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPThreadprivateDirective( 6625 SourceLocation Loc, 6626 Scope *CurScope, 6627 ArrayRef<DeclarationNameInfo> IdList); 6628 /// \brief Build a new OpenMPThreadPrivateDecl and check its correctness. 6629 OMPThreadPrivateDecl *CheckOMPThreadPrivateDecl( 6630 SourceLocation Loc, 6631 ArrayRef<DeclRefExpr *> VarList); 6632 6633 /// \brief The kind of conversion being performed. 6634 enum CheckedConversionKind { 6635 /// \brief An implicit conversion. 6636 CCK_ImplicitConversion, 6637 /// \brief A C-style cast. 6638 CCK_CStyleCast, 6639 /// \brief A functional-style cast. 6640 CCK_FunctionalCast, 6641 /// \brief A cast other than a C-style cast. 6642 CCK_OtherCast 6643 }; 6644 6645 /// ImpCastExprToType - If Expr is not of type 'Type', insert an implicit 6646 /// cast. If there is already an implicit cast, merge into the existing one. 6647 /// If isLvalue, the result of the cast is an lvalue. 6648 ExprResult ImpCastExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Type, CastKind CK, 6649 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue, 6650 const CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0, 6651 CheckedConversionKind CCK 6652 = CCK_ImplicitConversion); 6653 6654 /// ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind - Returns the cast kind corresponding 6655 /// to the conversion from scalar type ScalarTy to the Boolean type. 6656 static CastKind ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(QualType ScalarTy); 6657 6658 /// IgnoredValueConversions - Given that an expression's result is 6659 /// syntactically ignored, perform any conversions that are 6660 /// required. 6661 ExprResult IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E); 6662 6663 // UsualUnaryConversions - promotes integers (C99 6.3.1.1p2) and converts 6664 // functions and arrays to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). 6665 ExprResult UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E); 6666 6667 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - converts functions and arrays 6668 // to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). 6669 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E); 6670 6671 // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - converts functions and 6672 // arrays to their respective pointers and performs the 6673 // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion. 6674 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E); 6675 6676 // DefaultLvalueConversion - performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on 6677 // the operand. This is DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion, 6678 // except that it assumes the operand isn't of function or array 6679 // type. 6680 ExprResult DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E); 6681 6682 // DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that 6683 // do not have a prototype. Integer promotions are performed on each 6684 // argument, and arguments that have type float are promoted to double. 6685 ExprResult DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E); 6686 6687 // Used for emitting the right warning by DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion 6688 enum VariadicCallType { 6689 VariadicFunction, 6690 VariadicBlock, 6691 VariadicMethod, 6692 VariadicConstructor, 6693 VariadicDoesNotApply 6694 }; 6695 6696 VariadicCallType getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl, 6697 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 6698 Expr *Fn); 6699 6700 // Used for determining in which context a type is allowed to be passed to a 6701 // vararg function. 6702 enum VarArgKind { 6703 VAK_Valid, 6704 VAK_ValidInCXX11, 6705 VAK_Invalid 6706 }; 6707 6708 // Determines which VarArgKind fits an expression. 6709 VarArgKind isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty); 6710 6711 /// GatherArgumentsForCall - Collector argument expressions for various 6712 /// form of call prototypes. 6713 bool GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc, 6714 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 6715 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 6716 unsigned FirstProtoArg, 6717 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 6718 SmallVector<Expr *, 8> &AllArgs, 6719 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply, 6720 bool AllowExplicit = false, 6721 bool IsListInitialization = false); 6722 6723 // DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but 6724 // will create a runtime trap if the resulting type is not a POD type. 6725 ExprResult DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT, 6726 FunctionDecl *FDecl); 6727 6728 /// Checks to see if the given expression is a valid argument to a variadic 6729 /// function, issuing a diagnostic and returning NULL if not. 6730 bool variadicArgumentPODCheck(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT); 6731 6732 // UsualArithmeticConversions - performs the UsualUnaryConversions on it's 6733 // operands and then handles various conversions that are common to binary 6734 // operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this 6735 // routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is 6736 // responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics. 6737 QualType UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6738 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6739 6740 /// AssignConvertType - All of the 'assignment' semantic checks return this 6741 /// enum to indicate whether the assignment was allowed. These checks are 6742 /// done for simple assignments, as well as initialization, return from 6743 /// function, argument passing, etc. The query is phrased in terms of a 6744 /// source and destination type. 6745 enum AssignConvertType { 6746 /// Compatible - the types are compatible according to the standard. 6747 Compatible, 6748 6749 /// PointerToInt - The assignment converts a pointer to an int, which we 6750 /// accept as an extension. 6751 PointerToInt, 6752 6753 /// IntToPointer - The assignment converts an int to a pointer, which we 6754 /// accept as an extension. 6755 IntToPointer, 6756 6757 /// FunctionVoidPointer - The assignment is between a function pointer and 6758 /// void*, which the standard doesn't allow, but we accept as an extension. 6759 FunctionVoidPointer, 6760 6761 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types that 6762 /// are not compatible, but we accept them as an extension. 6763 IncompatiblePointer, 6764 6765 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types which 6766 /// point to integers which have a different sign, but are otherwise 6767 /// identical. This is a subset of the above, but broken out because it's by 6768 /// far the most common case of incompatible pointers. 6769 IncompatiblePointerSign, 6770 6771 /// CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment discards 6772 /// c/v/r qualifiers, which we accept as an extension. 6773 CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, 6774 6775 /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment 6776 /// discards qualifiers that we don't permit to be discarded, 6777 /// like address spaces. 6778 IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, 6779 6780 /// IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers - The assignment is between two 6781 /// nested pointer types, and the qualifiers other than the first two 6782 /// levels differ e.g. char ** -> const char **, but we accept them as an 6783 /// extension. 6784 IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers, 6785 6786 /// IncompatibleVectors - The assignment is between two vector types that 6787 /// have the same size, which we accept as an extension. 6788 IncompatibleVectors, 6789 6790 /// IntToBlockPointer - The assignment converts an int to a block 6791 /// pointer. We disallow this. 6792 IntToBlockPointer, 6793 6794 /// IncompatibleBlockPointer - The assignment is between two block 6795 /// pointers types that are not compatible. 6796 IncompatibleBlockPointer, 6797 6798 /// IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId - The assignment is between a qualified 6799 /// id type and something else (that is incompatible with it). For example, 6800 /// "id <XXX>" = "Foo *", where "Foo *" doesn't implement the XXX protocol. 6801 IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId, 6802 6803 /// IncompatibleObjCWeakRef - Assigning a weak-unavailable object to an 6804 /// object with __weak qualifier. 6805 IncompatibleObjCWeakRef, 6806 6807 /// Incompatible - We reject this conversion outright, it is invalid to 6808 /// represent it in the AST. 6809 Incompatible 6810 }; 6811 6812 /// DiagnoseAssignmentResult - Emit a diagnostic, if required, for the 6813 /// assignment conversion type specified by ConvTy. This returns true if the 6814 /// conversion was invalid or false if the conversion was accepted. 6815 bool DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy, 6816 SourceLocation Loc, 6817 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, 6818 Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action, 6819 bool *Complained = 0); 6820 6821 /// DiagnoseAssignmentEnum - Warn if assignment to enum is a constant 6822 /// integer not in the range of enum values. 6823 void DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, 6824 Expr *SrcExpr); 6825 6826 /// CheckAssignmentConstraints - Perform type checking for assignment, 6827 /// argument passing, variable initialization, and function return values. 6828 /// C99 6.5.16. 6829 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc, 6830 QualType LHSType, 6831 QualType RHSType); 6832 6833 /// Check assignment constraints and prepare for a conversion of the 6834 /// RHS to the LHS type. 6835 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, 6836 ExprResult &RHS, 6837 CastKind &Kind); 6838 6839 // CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints - Currently used by 6840 // CheckAssignmentOperands, and ActOnReturnStmt. Prior to type checking, 6841 // this routine performs the default function/array converions. 6842 AssignConvertType CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, 6843 ExprResult &RHS, 6844 bool Diagnose = true); 6845 6846 // \brief If the lhs type is a transparent union, check whether we 6847 // can initialize the transparent union with the given expression. 6848 AssignConvertType CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, 6849 ExprResult &RHS); 6850 6851 bool IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 6852 6853 bool CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 6854 6855 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6856 AssignmentAction Action, 6857 bool AllowExplicit = false); 6858 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6859 AssignmentAction Action, 6860 bool AllowExplicit, 6861 ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS); 6862 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6863 const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS, 6864 AssignmentAction Action, 6865 CheckedConversionKind CCK 6866 = CCK_ImplicitConversion); 6867 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6868 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS, 6869 AssignmentAction Action, 6870 CheckedConversionKind CCK); 6871 6872 /// the following "Check" methods will return a valid/converted QualType 6873 /// or a null QualType (indicating an error diagnostic was issued). 6874 6875 /// type checking binary operators (subroutines of CreateBuiltinBinOp). 6876 QualType InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS, 6877 ExprResult &RHS); 6878 QualType CheckPointerToMemberOperands( // C++ 5.5 6879 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK, 6880 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isIndirect); 6881 QualType CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( // C99 6.5.5 6882 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign, 6883 bool IsDivide); 6884 QualType CheckRemainderOperands( // C99 6.5.5 6885 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6886 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6887 QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 6888 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc, 6889 QualType* CompLHSTy = 0); 6890 QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 6891 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6892 QualType* CompLHSTy = 0); 6893 QualType CheckShiftOperands( // C99 6.5.7 6894 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc, 6895 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6896 QualType CheckCompareOperands( // C99 6.5.8/9 6897 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned OpaqueOpc, 6898 bool isRelational); 6899 QualType CheckBitwiseOperands( // C99 6.5.[10...12] 6900 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6901 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6902 QualType CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14] 6903 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc); 6904 // CheckAssignmentOperands is used for both simple and compound assignment. 6905 // For simple assignment, pass both expressions and a null converted type. 6906 // For compound assignment, pass both expressions and the converted type. 6907 QualType CheckAssignmentOperands( // C99 6.5.16.[1,2] 6908 Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CompoundType); 6909 6910 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectIncDec(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 6911 UnaryOperatorKind Opcode, Expr *Op); 6912 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectAssignment(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 6913 BinaryOperatorKind Opcode, 6914 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 6915 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectRValue(Expr *E); 6916 Expr *recreateSyntacticForm(PseudoObjectExpr *E); 6917 6918 QualType CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15 6919 ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6920 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6921 QualType CXXCheckConditionalOperands( // C++ 5.16 6922 ExprResult &cond, ExprResult &lhs, ExprResult &rhs, 6923 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation questionLoc); 6924 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2, 6925 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0); 6926 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, 6927 ExprResult &E1, ExprResult &E2, 6928 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0) { 6929 Expr *E1Tmp = E1.take(), *E2Tmp = E2.take(); 6930 QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1Tmp, E2Tmp, 6931 NonStandardCompositeType); 6932 E1 = Owned(E1Tmp); 6933 E2 = Owned(E2Tmp); 6934 return Composite; 6935 } 6936 6937 QualType FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6938 SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6939 6940 bool DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr, 6941 SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6942 6943 /// type checking for vector binary operators. 6944 QualType CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6945 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign); 6946 QualType GetSignedVectorType(QualType V); 6947 QualType CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6948 SourceLocation Loc, bool isRelational); 6949 QualType CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6950 SourceLocation Loc); 6951 6952 /// type checking declaration initializers (C99 6.7.8) 6953 bool CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *e, QualType t); 6954 6955 // type checking C++ declaration initializers (C++ [dcl.init]). 6956 6957 /// ReferenceCompareResult - Expresses the result of comparing two 6958 /// types (cv1 T1 and cv2 T2) to determine their compatibility for the 6959 /// purposes of initialization by reference (C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4). 6960 enum ReferenceCompareResult { 6961 /// Ref_Incompatible - The two types are incompatible, so direct 6962 /// reference binding is not possible. 6963 Ref_Incompatible = 0, 6964 /// Ref_Related - The two types are reference-related, which means 6965 /// that their unqualified forms (T1 and T2) are either the same 6966 /// or T1 is a base class of T2. 6967 Ref_Related, 6968 /// Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification - The two types are 6969 /// reference-compatible with added qualification, meaning that 6970 /// they are reference-compatible and the qualifiers on T1 (cv1) 6971 /// are greater than the qualifiers on T2 (cv2). 6972 Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification, 6973 /// Ref_Compatible - The two types are reference-compatible and 6974 /// have equivalent qualifiers (cv1 == cv2). 6975 Ref_Compatible 6976 }; 6977 6978 ReferenceCompareResult CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc, 6979 QualType T1, QualType T2, 6980 bool &DerivedToBase, 6981 bool &ObjCConversion, 6982 bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); 6983 6984 ExprResult checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType, 6985 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind, 6986 ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path); 6987 6988 /// \brief Force an expression with unknown-type to an expression of the 6989 /// given type. 6990 ExprResult forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType); 6991 6992 /// \brief Type-check an expression that's being passed to an 6993 /// __unknown_anytype parameter. 6994 ExprResult checkUnknownAnyArg(SourceLocation callLoc, 6995 Expr *result, QualType ¶mType); 6996 6997 // CheckVectorCast - check type constraints for vectors. 6998 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. 6999 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size. 7000 // returns true if the cast is invalid 7001 bool CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty, 7002 CastKind &Kind); 7003 7004 // CheckExtVectorCast - check type constraints for extended vectors. 7005 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. 7006 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size, 7007 // or vectors and the element type of that vector. 7008 // returns the cast expr 7009 ExprResult CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *CastExpr, 7010 CastKind &Kind); 7011 7012 ExprResult BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 7013 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 7014 Expr *CastExpr, 7015 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 7016 7017 enum ARCConversionResult { ACR_okay, ACR_unbridged }; 7018 7019 /// \brief Checks for invalid conversions and casts between 7020 /// retainable pointers and other pointer kinds. 7021 ARCConversionResult CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange castRange, 7022 QualType castType, Expr *&op, 7023 CheckedConversionKind CCK); 7024 7025 Expr *stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); 7026 void diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); 7027 7028 bool CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType, 7029 QualType ExprType); 7030 7031 /// checkRetainCycles - Check whether an Objective-C message send 7032 /// might create an obvious retain cycle. 7033 void checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg); 7034 void checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument); 7035 void checkRetainCycles(VarDecl *Var, Expr *Init); 7036 7037 /// checkUnsafeAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned 7038 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained type. 7039 bool checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, QualType LHS, Expr *RHS); 7040 7041 /// checkUnsafeExprAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned 7042 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained expression. 7043 void checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 7044 7045 /// CheckMessageArgumentTypes - Check types in an Obj-C message send. 7046 /// \param Method - May be null. 7047 /// \param [out] ReturnType - The return type of the send. 7048 /// \return true iff there were any incompatible types. 7049 bool CheckMessageArgumentTypes(QualType ReceiverType, 7050 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, Selector Sel, 7051 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 7052 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage, 7053 bool isSuperMessage, 7054 SourceLocation lbrac, SourceLocation rbrac, 7055 QualType &ReturnType, ExprValueKind &VK); 7056 7057 /// \brief Determine the result of a message send expression based on 7058 /// the type of the receiver, the method expected to receive the message, 7059 /// and the form of the message send. 7060 QualType getMessageSendResultType(QualType ReceiverType, 7061 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 7062 bool isClassMessage, bool isSuperMessage); 7063 7064 /// \brief If the given expression involves a message send to a method 7065 /// with a related result type, emit a note describing what happened. 7066 void EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E); 7067 7068 /// \brief Given that we had incompatible pointer types in a return 7069 /// statement, check whether we're in a method with a related result 7070 /// type, and if so, emit a note describing what happened. 7071 void EmitRelatedResultTypeNoteForReturn(QualType destType); 7072 7073 /// CheckBooleanCondition - Diagnose problems involving the use of 7074 /// the given expression as a boolean condition (e.g. in an if 7075 /// statement). Also performs the standard function and array 7076 /// decays, possibly changing the input variable. 7077 /// 7078 /// \param Loc - A location associated with the condition, e.g. the 7079 /// 'if' keyword. 7080 /// \return true iff there were any errors 7081 ExprResult CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 7082 7083 ExprResult ActOnBooleanCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, 7084 Expr *SubExpr); 7085 7086 /// DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition - Given that an expression is 7087 /// being used as a boolean condition, warn if it's an assignment. 7088 void DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E); 7089 7090 /// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate 7091 /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition. 7092 void DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE); 7093 7094 /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if conversion to bool is invalid. 7095 ExprResult CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr); 7096 7097 /// ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow - Convert the specified APInt to have 7098 /// the specified width and sign. If an overflow occurs, detect it and emit 7099 /// the specified diagnostic. 7100 void ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow(llvm::APSInt &OldVal, 7101 unsigned NewWidth, bool NewSign, 7102 SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID); 7103 7104 /// Checks that the Objective-C declaration is declared in the global scope. 7105 /// Emits an error and marks the declaration as invalid if it's not declared 7106 /// in the global scope. 7107 bool CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D); 7108 7109 /// \brief Abstract base class used for diagnosing integer constant 7110 /// expression violations. 7111 class VerifyICEDiagnoser { 7112 public: 7113 bool Suppress; 7114 7115 VerifyICEDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false) : Suppress(Suppress) { } 7116 7117 virtual void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) =0; 7118 virtual void diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR); 7119 virtual ~VerifyICEDiagnoser() { } 7120 }; 7121 7122 /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression - Verifies that an expression is an ICE, 7123 /// and reports the appropriate diagnostics. Returns false on success. 7124 /// Can optionally return the value of the expression. 7125 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, 7126 VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser, 7127 bool AllowFold = true); 7128 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, 7129 unsigned DiagID, 7130 bool AllowFold = true); 7131 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result=0); 7132 7133 /// VerifyBitField - verifies that a bit field expression is an ICE and has 7134 /// the correct width, and that the field type is valid. 7135 /// Returns false on success. 7136 /// Can optionally return whether the bit-field is of width 0 7137 ExprResult VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 7138 QualType FieldTy, Expr *BitWidth, 7139 bool *ZeroWidth = 0); 7140 7141 enum CUDAFunctionTarget { 7142 CFT_Device, 7143 CFT_Global, 7144 CFT_Host, 7145 CFT_HostDevice 7146 }; 7147 7148 CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D); 7149 7150 bool CheckCUDATarget(CUDAFunctionTarget CallerTarget, 7151 CUDAFunctionTarget CalleeTarget); 7152 7153 bool CheckCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *Caller, const FunctionDecl *Callee) { 7154 return CheckCUDATarget(IdentifyCUDATarget(Caller), 7155 IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee)); 7156 } 7157 7158 /// \name Code completion 7159 //@{ 7160 /// \brief Describes the context in which code completion occurs. 7161 enum ParserCompletionContext { 7162 /// \brief Code completion occurs at top-level or namespace context. 7163 PCC_Namespace, 7164 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a class, struct, or union. 7165 PCC_Class, 7166 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C interface, protocol, 7167 /// or category. 7168 PCC_ObjCInterface, 7169 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C implementation or 7170 /// category implementation 7171 PCC_ObjCImplementation, 7172 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the list of instance variables 7173 /// in an Objective-C interface, protocol, category, or implementation. 7174 PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList, 7175 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template 7176 /// headers. 7177 PCC_Template, 7178 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template 7179 /// headers within a class. 7180 PCC_MemberTemplate, 7181 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an expression. 7182 PCC_Expression, 7183 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a statement, which may 7184 /// also be an expression or a declaration. 7185 PCC_Statement, 7186 /// \brief Code completion occurs at the beginning of the 7187 /// initialization statement (or expression) in a for loop. 7188 PCC_ForInit, 7189 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the condition of an if, 7190 /// while, switch, or for statement. 7191 PCC_Condition, 7192 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the body of a function on a 7193 /// recovery path, where we do not have a specific handle on our position 7194 /// in the grammar. 7195 PCC_RecoveryInFunction, 7196 /// \brief Code completion occurs where only a type is permitted. 7197 PCC_Type, 7198 /// \brief Code completion occurs in a parenthesized expression, which 7199 /// might also be a type cast. 7200 PCC_ParenthesizedExpression, 7201 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a sequence of declaration 7202 /// specifiers within a function, method, or block. 7203 PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers 7204 }; 7205 7206 void CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path); 7207 void CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S, 7208 ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext); 7209 void CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 7210 bool AllowNonIdentifiers, 7211 bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers); 7212 7213 struct CodeCompleteExpressionData; 7214 void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S, 7215 const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data); 7216 void CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 7217 SourceLocation OpLoc, 7218 bool IsArrow); 7219 void CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult LHS); 7220 void CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec); 7221 void CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS); 7222 void CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S); 7223 void CodeCompleteCall(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args); 7224 void CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D); 7225 void CodeCompleteReturn(Scope *S); 7226 void CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S); 7227 void CodeCompleteAssignmentRHS(Scope *S, Expr *LHS); 7228 7229 void CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 7230 bool EnteringContext); 7231 void CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S); 7232 void CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S); 7233 void CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S); 7234 void CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S); 7235 void CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S); 7236 void CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer(Decl *Constructor, 7237 CXXCtorInitializer** Initializers, 7238 unsigned NumInitializers); 7239 void CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro, 7240 bool AfterAmpersand); 7241 7242 void CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S); 7243 void CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S); 7244 void CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S); 7245 void CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S); 7246 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS); 7247 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S); 7248 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S); 7249 void CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS, 7250 bool IsParameter); 7251 void CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S); 7252 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 7253 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7254 unsigned NumSelIdents, 7255 bool AtArgumentExpression); 7256 void CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver, 7257 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7258 unsigned NumSelIdents, 7259 bool AtArgumentExpression, 7260 bool IsSuper = false); 7261 void CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver, 7262 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7263 unsigned NumSelIdents, 7264 bool AtArgumentExpression, 7265 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = 0); 7266 void CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S, 7267 DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar); 7268 void CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S, 7269 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7270 unsigned NumSelIdents); 7271 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences(IdentifierLocPair *Protocols, 7272 unsigned NumProtocols); 7273 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *S); 7274 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S); 7275 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S, 7276 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7277 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7278 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S); 7279 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S, 7280 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7281 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7282 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S, 7283 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7284 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7285 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S); 7286 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(Scope *S, 7287 IdentifierInfo *PropertyName); 7288 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S, 7289 bool IsInstanceMethod, 7290 ParsedType ReturnType); 7291 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(Scope *S, 7292 bool IsInstanceMethod, 7293 bool AtParameterName, 7294 ParsedType ReturnType, 7295 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7296 unsigned NumSelIdents); 7297 void CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional); 7298 void CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S); 7299 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition); 7300 void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression(); 7301 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S, 7302 IdentifierInfo *Macro, 7303 MacroInfo *MacroInfo, 7304 unsigned Argument); 7305 void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage(); 7306 void GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, 7307 CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo, 7308 SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results); 7309 //@} 7310 7311 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7312 // Extra semantic analysis beyond the C type system 7313 7314public: 7315 SourceLocation getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL, 7316 unsigned ByteNo) const; 7317 7318private: 7319 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr, 7320 const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE=0, 7321 bool AllowOnePastEnd=true, bool IndexNegated=false); 7322 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *E); 7323 // Used to grab the relevant information from a FormatAttr and a 7324 // FunctionDeclaration. 7325 struct FormatStringInfo { 7326 unsigned FormatIdx; 7327 unsigned FirstDataArg; 7328 bool HasVAListArg; 7329 }; 7330 7331 bool getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember, 7332 FormatStringInfo *FSI); 7333 bool CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, 7334 const FunctionProtoType *Proto); 7335 bool CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation loc, 7336 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs); 7337 bool CheckBlockCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, 7338 const FunctionProtoType *Proto); 7339 void CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, 7340 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7341 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 7342 SourceLocation Loc); 7343 7344 void checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7345 unsigned NumProtoArgs, bool IsMemberFunction, 7346 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 7347 VariadicCallType CallType); 7348 7349 7350 bool CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg); 7351 7352 ExprResult CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7353 bool CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7354 bool CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7355 7356 bool SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall); 7357 bool SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall); 7358 bool SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs); 7359 7360public: 7361 // Used by C++ template instantiation. 7362 ExprResult SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall); 7363 7364private: 7365 bool SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall); 7366 bool SemaBuiltinObjectSize(CallExpr *TheCall); 7367 bool SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall); 7368 ExprResult SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult); 7369 ExprResult SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult, 7370 AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op); 7371 bool SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum, 7372 llvm::APSInt &Result); 7373 7374 enum FormatStringType { 7375 FST_Scanf, 7376 FST_Printf, 7377 FST_NSString, 7378 FST_Strftime, 7379 FST_Strfmon, 7380 FST_Kprintf, 7381 FST_Unknown 7382 }; 7383 static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format); 7384 7385 enum StringLiteralCheckType { 7386 SLCT_NotALiteral, 7387 SLCT_UncheckedLiteral, 7388 SLCT_CheckedLiteral 7389 }; 7390 7391 StringLiteralCheckType checkFormatStringExpr(const Expr *E, 7392 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7393 bool HasVAListArg, 7394 unsigned format_idx, 7395 unsigned firstDataArg, 7396 FormatStringType Type, 7397 VariadicCallType CallType, 7398 bool inFunctionCall = true); 7399 7400 void CheckFormatString(const StringLiteral *FExpr, const Expr *OrigFormatExpr, 7401 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, bool HasVAListArg, 7402 unsigned format_idx, unsigned firstDataArg, 7403 FormatStringType Type, bool inFunctionCall, 7404 VariadicCallType CallType); 7405 7406 bool CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format, 7407 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7408 bool IsCXXMember, 7409 VariadicCallType CallType, 7410 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range); 7411 bool CheckFormatArguments(ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7412 bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx, 7413 unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type, 7414 VariadicCallType CallType, 7415 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange range); 7416 7417 void CheckNonNullArguments(const NonNullAttr *NonNull, 7418 const Expr * const *ExprArgs, 7419 SourceLocation CallSiteLoc); 7420 7421 void CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7422 unsigned BId, 7423 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7424 7425 void CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7426 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7427 7428 void CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7429 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7430 7431 void CheckReturnStackAddr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType, 7432 SourceLocation ReturnLoc); 7433 void CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr* RHS); 7434 void CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC = SourceLocation()); 7435 void CheckForIntOverflow(Expr *E); 7436 void CheckUnsequencedOperations(Expr *E); 7437 7438 /// \brief Perform semantic checks on a completed expression. This will either 7439 /// be a full-expression or a default argument expression. 7440 void CheckCompletedExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation CheckLoc = SourceLocation(), 7441 bool IsConstexpr = false); 7442 7443 void CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, FieldDecl *Field, 7444 Expr *Init); 7445 7446public: 7447 /// \brief Register a magic integral constant to be used as a type tag. 7448 void RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind, 7449 uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type, 7450 bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull); 7451 7452 struct TypeTagData { 7453 TypeTagData() {} 7454 7455 TypeTagData(QualType Type, bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull) : 7456 Type(Type), LayoutCompatible(LayoutCompatible), 7457 MustBeNull(MustBeNull) 7458 {} 7459 7460 QualType Type; 7461 7462 /// If true, \c Type should be compared with other expression's types for 7463 /// layout-compatibility. 7464 unsigned LayoutCompatible : 1; 7465 unsigned MustBeNull : 1; 7466 }; 7467 7468 /// A pair of ArgumentKind identifier and magic value. This uniquely 7469 /// identifies the magic value. 7470 typedef std::pair<const IdentifierInfo *, uint64_t> TypeTagMagicValue; 7471 7472private: 7473 /// \brief A map from magic value to type information. 7474 OwningPtr<llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData> > 7475 TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues; 7476 7477 /// \brief Peform checks on a call of a function with argument_with_type_tag 7478 /// or pointer_with_type_tag attributes. 7479 void CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr, 7480 const Expr * const *ExprArgs); 7481 7482 /// \brief The parser's current scope. 7483 /// 7484 /// The parser maintains this state here. 7485 Scope *CurScope; 7486 7487 mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident_super; 7488 7489protected: 7490 friend class Parser; 7491 friend class InitializationSequence; 7492 friend class ASTReader; 7493 friend class ASTWriter; 7494 7495public: 7496 /// \brief Retrieve the parser's current scope. 7497 /// 7498 /// This routine must only be used when it is certain that semantic analysis 7499 /// and the parser are in precisely the same context, which is not the case 7500 /// when, e.g., we are performing any kind of template instantiation. 7501 /// Therefore, the only safe places to use this scope are in the parser 7502 /// itself and in routines directly invoked from the parser and *never* from 7503 /// template substitution or instantiation. 7504 Scope *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; } 7505 7506 IdentifierInfo *getSuperIdentifier() const; 7507 7508 Decl *getObjCDeclContext() const; 7509 7510 DeclContext *getCurLexicalContext() const { 7511 return OriginalLexicalContext ? OriginalLexicalContext : CurContext; 7512 } 7513 7514 AvailabilityResult getCurContextAvailability() const; 7515 7516 const DeclContext *getCurObjCLexicalContext() const { 7517 const DeclContext *DC = getCurLexicalContext(); 7518 // A category implicitly has the attribute of the interface. 7519 if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)) 7520 DC = CatD->getClassInterface(); 7521 return DC; 7522 } 7523}; 7524 7525/// \brief RAII object that enters a new expression evaluation context. 7526class EnterExpressionEvaluationContext { 7527 Sema &Actions; 7528 7529public: 7530 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, 7531 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 7532 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0, 7533 bool IsDecltype = false) 7534 : Actions(Actions) { 7535 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl, 7536 IsDecltype); 7537 } 7538 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, 7539 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 7540 Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t, 7541 bool IsDecltype = false) 7542 : Actions(Actions) { 7543 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, 7544 Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl, 7545 IsDecltype); 7546 } 7547 7548 ~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext() { 7549 Actions.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 7550 } 7551}; 7552 7553} // end namespace clang 7554 7555#endif 7556